Sgr Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD.

LOCATED AT

Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V) Chintalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana State.

FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT

Proposal for

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006. Area: 9.00 Acres Project Cost: 12 Crores. Baseline Period – Oct – 2018 to Dec - 2018

Project Proponent Mr. A. Koti Reddy, Director, Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad, Telangana State -500055

Prepared by: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA,

Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589. Email: [email protected]. NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0100

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT AUTHORITIES

Plot No. 108, S.V.C.I.E, I.D.A., Jeedimetla, Hyd-55. Cell : 9393366669, 9849144469, E-mail : [email protected]

Ref: Date:

UNDERTAKING BY THE PROJECT AUTHORITIES

r h1s 1s to undertake that I own the contents (information and data) of the EIA Report prepared for Green field project of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. at Sy No · 290 and parts , Dondapadu (V) , Chinthalapalem (M) . Suryapet D1strict . Telangana state. I also co nf1rm that I shall be fully accountable for any m1sleading mformat1on ment1oned 1n

t h 1s report

Place: Hyderabad

Date : 03/10/2019

for SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

A Koti Reddy Director

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Annexure

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Sy No: 290 and parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state. l, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA Report.

EIA coordinator: /*'{------J Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Signature:

Period of involvement: April 2018 - Till date Contact information: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, lDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad - 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699.

i nfo@ riohtsource.co. i n, ei aem p@ riqhtsou rce. co. i n

Functional Area Experts:

Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Selecting ambient air monitoring sites Yarlagadda based on IMD data, Review of the V. Prasad meteorological data, Process emissions and AAQ data, suggesting air pollution control measures. Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: ldentification of water monitoring sites, estimating water requirement, Suggesting Recycling of water, waste water treatment methods & disposal schemes. Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Inventorization of Hazardous waste, Solid wastes, etc., suggesting treatment options viz., landfill, incineration, recycling, and stabilization. Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Generating primary SE data, livestock inventory and impacts, conducted focused group discussions, taken public opinion on the project. ldentified villages wise

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA amenities and needs Period:April 2018 - Till date Task: Collected secondary data from foresV agricultural/ fisheries department, Dr. K. generation of primary flora and fauna data 5 EB Bayapureddy from study area & core atea, ground truthing for ecological assessment, development of status report, suggested species for greenbelt development. Period: Oct 2018 - Till date Task: Measurement of ground water levels from the existing wells present in and around project site, observation of surface v+#t/ E. V. Naresh water bodies, establishing groundwater flow o*t,*+* 6 HG Kumar LN direction and its gradient and evaluation of rainfall data and suggesting suitable depth for secured land fill base, and identification of development of monitoring wells. Period: Oct 2018 - Till date Task: Observations made towards the ldentification of country rock, development E. V. Naresh porosity, thickness of 7 GEO Kumar of and extent weathered formations, area seismicity and evaluation of soil permeability for suggesting suitable civil structures. Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Meteorological Pollution P. Praveen & Air suggesting 8 AQ Kumar dispersion studies, environmental management plan for air pollution control measures Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Monitoring of noise / vibration levels ,----.o( Yarlagadda using instrument, processing and analysis I NV V. Prasad of Data for suggesting suitable noise mitigating measures Period: Oct 2018 - Till date Task: Collection of GPS readings from the project site and prepared layout, preparation Dr. Y. Rama of TOPO map through SOI 1:50,000 scale 10 LU Mohan TOPO sheet. Collections of ground through data from the field. Preparation of LU map through Satellite imagery, SOl, Google map & Ground through data. Period: April 2018 - Till date P.S.N. Task: ldentification of Hazards and 11 RH Murthy Hazardous substances from process & warehouse, storage tanks .Risks and

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA consequence analysis using software and lethality damages, DMP and EPP for onsite & offsite were provided

Functional Involvement S.No. Name of the FAAs Signature Areas Period

1 AP, AQ Y. Prathyusha April 2018 - Till date

2 LU G. Sandeep April 2018 - Till date

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person l, Yarlagadda V. Prasad, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Sy No: 290 and parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature: # r Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Designation: Managing Director Name of the EIA consultant organization: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. NABET Certificate No. & lssue Date: NABET Accreditation No: NABETlElAllS2l/RA 0100

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA

COPY OF TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]

No.IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003 13 Feb 2019

To,

M/s SGR LABORATORIES PVT LTD Plot No. 108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad, Rangareddi-500055 Telangana

Tel.No.040-23070602; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/TG/IND2/90705/2019

Proposed Bulk Drugs and Drug Intermediates 2. Name of the Proposal: Manufacturing Unit by SGR Laboratories Private Limited

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 08 Jan 2019

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation as follows: STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary 2) Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation ii. Information about the project proponent iii. Importance and benefits of the project 3) Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x. Expansion/modernization proposals: c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4) Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon. v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife. 6) Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. 7) Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards. vi. Measures for fugitive emission control vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8) Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. 9) Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control. 2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control. 3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable) 4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals. 5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge. 6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. 7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated. 8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any. 9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. 10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used. 11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. 13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated. 14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

TOR COMPLIANCE

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

ToR COMPLIANCE

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos 1. Executive Summary Enclosed in EIA Report 2. Introduction 1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Enclosed as Enclosure -II accreditation 2. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 2 3. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - VIII 307 3 Project Description Chapter - I 1 I. 1. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - II 15-16 2. Products with capacities for the proposed II. Chapter - II 15 project. 3. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is III. It is a Greenfield project available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. 4. List of raw materials required and their source IV. Chapter - II 112-118 along with mode of transportation. 5. Other chemicals and materials required with V. Chapter - VII 252 quantities and storage capacities. 6. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste VI Chapter - X 312-325 generating and their management 7. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance Chapter - II 103-104 VII. diagram, man-power requirement (regular and Chapter - VIII 304 contract) 8. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow VIII. Chapter - II 17-99 sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided. 9. Hazard identification and details of proposed IX. Chapter - VII 241-251 safety systems. X. Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest It is a Greenfield Project Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the X. Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided In addition, status of compliance of consent to operate for

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Chapter - II 8 Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification Chapter - I 4 for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 KMs and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 Chapter - II 13 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco- sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Site is suitable for Industrial Establishment & 4 no need of alternative site analysis.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the Chapter - II 13 site. v. Google map –Earth downloaded of the project Chapter - II 11 site vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant Chapter - II 14 area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if Chapter - II 12

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private- Chapter - II 9 agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type Chapter - I 4 within study area (10KMs radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km Chapter - III 127 radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not Proposed land for complete, stage of the acquisition process and unit was acquired expected time of complete possession of the by Proponent land. The proposed unit xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state is established in Government policy. 9.0 Acres, so R&R is applicable

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i. i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest The project area is non- forest Department (if applicable) land.

ii. Landuse map base on High resolution satellite Land use map based on imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating satellite imaginary of the the forestland (in case of projects involving proposed site is presented in forest land more than 40 ha) chapter - III, Page no: 171-172

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining Not applicable the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

5 iv. The projects to be located within 10 KMs of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere There are no National parks, Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, Sanctuaries, Biosphere the project proponent shall submit the map duly Reserves, Migratory corridors of authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing Wild Animals, within the 10 Km these features vis-à-vis the project location and buffer zone the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on.

v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated Not Applicable by the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance Not Applicable under the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the national board for wildlife.

6 Environmental Status i. i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- Chapter - III 128- 131 meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other Chapter - III 134-135 parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. ii. iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 Chapter - III 137-143 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov.2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iii. iv. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m Chapter - III 146-147 upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.

V) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEFCC, if yes Not Applicable give details.

Vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Chapter - III 148-149 locations shall be included

vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within Chapter - III 154-155 the study area.

Viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter - III 160-162

ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, Chapter - III 157-159 frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x) Detailed description of flora and fauna Chapter - III 173-190 (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter - III 190-193 7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. i) Assessment of ground level concentration of Chapter - IV 326-329 pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. iii. ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge The proposed unit in water body will employ ZLD system

iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding Chapter - X 313 environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined.

iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Chapter - X 314-323 Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

v) Details of stack emission and action plan for Chapter - X 312 control of emissions to meet standards

VI) Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter - X 334-337

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

VII) Details of hazardous waste generation and Chapter - X 339 their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

VIII) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured Chapter - X 339 as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan Chapter - IV 218 of action shall be provided.

IX) Acton plan for the green belt development Chapter - X 329-330 plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

X) Action plan for rainwater harvesting Chapter - X 340-341 measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

XI) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum Chapter - X 342 for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. XII) Action plan for post –project environment Chapter - VI 230-232 monitoring shall be submitted. Chapter - X 331-332

XIII) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Chapter - VII 287-303 Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. Occupational health 8 Chapter - VII 278-281 i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and safety. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. Chapter -VI 226-227

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. - - 9 iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring - - compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliance /violations of - - environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos The proposed unit will provide Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as all the facilities for construction sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to labour during construction 10 the labour force during construction as well as to phase and as well as the casual the casual workers including truck drivers during workers including truck drivers operation phase. during operation phase Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC) Chapter - VIII 1. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project The fund allocated cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise for Enterprise Social social commitment based on public hearing 305 - 306 11 Commitment will be issues and item –wise details along with time utilized as bound action plan shall be included socio- suggested during economic development activities need to be Public Hearing elaborated upon. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any No Litigations against proposed 12 notice under the section 5 of environment project (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case. A tabular chart with index for point wise Enclosed along with EIA & EMP 13 compliance of above TOR. Report A Specific ToR Details on solvents to be used, measures for 1 Chapter - X 334-337 solvent recovery and for emissions control. Details of process emissions from the proposed 2 Chapter - X 333-334 unit and its arrangement to control Ambient air quality data should include VOC, 3 Chapter - III 143 etc., Work zone monitoring arrangements for 4 Chapter - VII 258-260 hazardous chemicals Detailed effluent treatment scheme including 5 segregation of effluent streams for units NA NA adopting zero liquid discharge 6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted; - - A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding Yet to make MOU with Cement signed with cement manufactures indicating 7 Industries as it is a Greenfield clearly that they co-process organic Project solid/hazardous waste generated. Authorization / Membership for the disposal of Yet to take Membership of 8 liquid effluent I CETP and solid/ hazardous TSDS as it is a Proposed waste in TSDF, If any. Project

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX

TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos 9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter -X 465 MSDS for all the chemicals will Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals 10 be used and kept in plant for are being used/ will be used. reference. Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of Yet to take Membership of 11 solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used TSDF as it is a Proposed /will be used Project No proposal for installation of 12 Details of incinerator if to be installed Incinerator Risk assessment for storage and hazardous 13 chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & Chapter - VII 258-260 safety system to be incorporated. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of 14 Chapter - VII 278-281 workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X

LIST OF CONTENTS [INDEX]

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

LIST OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION S. No Description Page No 1.1 Purpose of the Project 1 1.2 Identification of project & Project proponent 1 1.2.1 Identification of Project 1 1.2.2 About the Promoters 1 1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 2 1.4 Brief Description of the Project 2 1.4.1 Nature of the Project 2 1.4.2 Size of the Project 3 1.4.3 Location of the Project 3 1.4.4 Project and its Importance to the Country & 5 Region. 1.5 Scope of Study. 5 1.5.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 5 1.5.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 5 1.5.3 Regulatory Framework 6 1.5.4 Regulatory Scoping 6 1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 6-7

CHA PTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION S. No Description Page No 2.1 Type of the project 8 2.2 Need For The Project 8 2.3 Location 8 2.4 Size and Magnitude of Operation 15 2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 15-16 2.6 Technology and process description 16 2.6.1 Manufacturing process of the Products 17-99 2.7 Pollution Load 99 Details of Process Emissions and its mitigation 2.8 101 measures 2.9 Proposed Water Consumption Details 103 2.10 Expected Waste Water Generation Details 104 2.11 Waste Water Characteristics 106 2.12 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 106-107 2.13 Power(Energy) requirement 107 2.14 Utilities 107 2.15 Proposed Boilers & DG sets 108 2.16 Details Of Proposed Solvents Input, Recovery & Loss 109 2.17 List Of The Raw Materials Product Wise 112-118 Environmental aspects, impacts and mitigation 2.18 118-120 measures of proposed industry 2.19 Assessment of new & untested technology for risk of 121

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

technological failure

CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT S. No Description Page No 3.0 Introduction 122 3.1 Study Area 122 3.1.2 Study Period 122 3.2 Geological & Hydro geological Environment 122-123 3.2.1 Geomorphology and soil types 123 3.2.2 Geology 124 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 124 3.2.4 Ground water Conditions 124 3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 125 3.2.6 Drainage Map 126 3.3 Micrometeorology And Climate 128-129 3.4 Air Environment 133 3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 136 3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 142-143 3.5 Water Environment 145 3.5.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 145 3.6 Noise Environment 153 3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 153-154 3.6.2 Traffic Study 157 3.7 Soil Environment 160 3.8 Land Use Pattern 164 3.8.1 Data Used 164 3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 165 3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 166 3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 166-168 3.9 Ecological Environment 173 3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 173 3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area 176 Terrestrial fauna of the project area and the study 3.9.3 182 area 3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study 182-183 3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto-fauna 183 3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area 183 3.9.4 Aquatic flora and fauna 186 3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna 189-190 3.10 Socio Economic Study 190 3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study 190 3.10.2 Distribution of Population in the study area 190 3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 191-192 3.10.4 Occupational Structure 192-193 3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 194-195 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project 3.10.6 195 Proponent

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES S. No Description Page No 4.1 Introduction 196 Investigated Environmental Impacts Due To Proposed 4.2 196-197 Project 4.3 Construction Phase 197 4.3.1 Impact on Land Use 197 4.3.2 Impact on Land / Soil Environment 197 4.3.3 Impact on Topography 197-198 4.3.4 Impact on Air Quality 198 4.3.5 Impact on Water Environment 198 4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 199 4.3.7 Impact on Ecology 199 4.3.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 199-200 Mitigative measures of impacts during construction 4.4 201 phase 4.5 Prediction of Impacts During Operational Phase 203 4.6 Air Environment 204 4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution 204-205 4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 206-208 4.7 Water Environment 214-216 4.8 Noise Environment 216 4.9 Land/Soil Environment 216-218 4.10 Impact of Solid Waste 218 4.11 Impacts on Ecology 219-220 4.12 Impacts on Socio- Economy 220-221 4.13 Impacts on Hydrology and Geology 221

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

S. No Description Page No 5.0 Analysis Of Alternatives 222 5.1 Site Selection Criteria 222-223 5.2 Selection Of Process Technology 223-224

CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM S. No Description Page No 6.1 Introduction 225 6.2 Environmental Management System 225-226 6.3 Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities 226-227 6.4 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure 228 6.4.1 Objectives of Monitoring 228 Monitoring Schedule for Construction and Operation 6.4.2 229-230 Phases. 6.5 Location of Monitoring Stations 232-233

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

6.6 Monitoring and Data Analysis 233 6.6.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis 233-234 Water and Waste Water Quality Monitoring and 6.6.2 234-235 Data Analysis. 6.6.3 Noise Levels 235 6.6.4 Soil Quality 235 6.7 Reporting Schedule of the Monitoring Data 235 6.8 Environmental Laboratory 235 6.8.1 Air Quality and Meteorology 236 6.9 Occupational Safety and Health aspects 236

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT

S. No Description Page No 7.1. Additional Studies 237 7.1.1 Scope of this Study 237 7.1.2 Methodology 237 7.2 Introduction to Risk Assessment 238 7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 238 7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 239-240 7.3 Solvents/Chemicals 252 7.4 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals 253-258 Safe practices [handling, storage, transportation 7.5 258 and unloading of chemicals] 7.5.1 Measures to avoid Evaporation 258 7.5.2 Safety Systems 258-259 7.5.3 Transportation /unloading 259 7.5.4 Spill Control 260 7.5.5 Effect and Consequence Analysis 260 7.6 Inventory 260-261 7.7 Loss of Containment 261-263 7.8 Damage Criteria 263-266 7.9 Damages to human life due to heat radiation 266-267 7.10 Maximum credible loss accident scenarios 267-268 7.11 Risk Analysis 268 7.12 Risk Modeling Scenarios 268-278 7.13 Occupational Health 278-280 7.13.1 Sampling Devices 280-281 Chemical exposure limits & emp for the 7.14 282-284 occupational safety & health hazards Treatment of workers affected by accidental 7.15 284-286 spillage of chemicals 7.16 Communication System 286 7.17 Safety Inspections 286 7.18 Predictive and preventive maintenance 286-287 7.19 Onsite emergency plan 287 7.20 Structure of emergency management system 7.21 Emergency Management system-Roles & 288

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

Responsibilities 7.21.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 288-289 7.22 Incident Controller/Deputy Incident Controller 289-290 7.23 Key Personnel’s 290 7.24 Essential workers 290-291 7.25 Other Elements of DMP 291 7.26.1 Assembly Point 291-292 7.26.2 Emergency Control Center 292 7.26.3 Fire Services 292-293 7.26.4 Medical Services 293 7.26.5 Security Services 294 7.26.6 Mutual Aid 294 7.27 Emergency Response 295 7.28 Emergency Capabilities 295 7.29 Emergency Handling Procedures 295-297 Mitigation of Environmental Impact during Fire 7.30 297 Emergency 7.30.1 Raising the Alarm 298 7.31 Declaring Major Emergency 298 7.32 Transport and evacuation arrangements 298 7.33 Plant Operations 299 7.34 Telephone Messages 299 7.35 Mock Drill 299-300 7.36 Offsite emergency plan 300-302 7.37 Role of the factory management 302 7.37.1 Role of Local Authority 302 7.37.2 Role of Fire Authority 302 7.37.3 Role of Police 302 7.37.4 Role of Health Authorities 302 7.37.5 Role of the Mutual aid agencies 303 7.37.6 Role of the Factory Inspectorate 303

CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS S. No Description Page No 8.1 Employment Potential 304 8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & CER 304 Direct revenue earning to the National and State 8.3 307 exchequer 8.4 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 307 8.5 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 307 8.6 Other Tangible Benefits 307

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS S. No Description Page No 9.1 Cost benefit analysis 308

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN S. No Description Page No 10.1 Introduction 309 10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 311 10.2.1 Site Preparation 311 10.2.2 Sanitation 311 10.2.3 Noise 311 10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 311 10.2.5 Site Security 311 10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 311 10.3.1 Air Quality 311 10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 312 A Stack Design 312 B Fugitive Emission from Solvents 312 C Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 313 10.3.2 Noise Pollution 313 10.3.3 Water Quality 313-315 10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 319 10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 320 10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 320 10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 320 10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 321-322 10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 322 10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 324-325 10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 325 10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 325-326 10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 326 10.8 GEO [Geology] 327 10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 327 10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 328 10.11 Greenbelt Development 328 10.11.1 Objective 328 10.11.2 Action Plan 329 10.12 Post Project Monitoring 330-331 10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 331 10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 331 10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 331 10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 331-332 10.13 Management of Public Interests 332 10.13.1 Objective 332 10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 333 10.13.3 Health Camps 333 10.13.4 Public Amenities 333 10.13.5 Public Relations 333 10.14 Water Requirement 333 10.15 Process Emission Control System 333 10.16 Fugitive Emissions 334

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

10.17 Solvent Management Plan 334-337 10.18 Emissions – Utilities 337 10.19 Wastewater Loads 338 10.20 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 339 10.21 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 339 10.22 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting 340-341 10.23 Investment 342 10.23.1 Budget allocation 342 10.24 Mitigation Plan 342-343 10.25 Socio-Economic development activities 344 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation 10.26 5 r concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) 344-345 10.27 Conclusion 345-346

CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT) S. No Description Page No 11.1 Salient features of the project 347 11.2 Conclusions 348

LIST OF TABLES CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION Table No Description Page No 1.1 Proposed Products and Quantities 3 1.2 Proposed By-Products and Quantities 3 1.3 Project location and Compliance of site 4 1.4 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-7

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION Table No Description Page No 2.1 Land use details 9 2.2 List of proposed products and Capacities 15 2.3 List of proposed By-Products and Capacities 15 2.4 Consolidated Pollution Load Of All Products In Per 100 Day Quantities Process Emission details and Its Mitigation 2.5 101 measures 2.6 Process Emission Details Product wise 102 2.7 Proposed water consumption details 103 Proposed water consumption in process product 2.8 103 wise 2.9 Expected Effluent Generation details 104 2.10 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent details 104

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

Expected Waste water generation in Kg per day 2.11 105 Product wise Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, 2.12 106 Disposal Details 2.13 Solid waste generation per day Product wise 107 2.14 Details Of Utilities 107-108 2.15 Emission characteristic details of proposed Boiler 108 2.16 Stack Emission details of proposed DG Set 108 Details Of Proposed Solvent Input, Recovery & 2.17 109-111 Loss [Product Wise]

CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Table No Description Page No Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and 3.1 126 strahler Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long 3.2 126 Bein Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by 3.3 126 Horton 3.4 Frequency distribution wind directions and wind speed 130 Comparison of Primary Data (PROJECT SITE) with 3.5 132 Secondary Data (IMD DATA) 3.6 IMD Data for Nandigama 132 3.7 Ambient air quality sampling locations 134 3.8 National ambient air quality standards 136-137 3.9 Ambient air quality results for PM10 137 3.10 Ambient air quality results for PM2.5 138 3.11 Ambient air quality results for SO2 138 3.12 Ambient air quality results for NOx 139 3.13 Ambient air quality results for CO 140 3.14 Ambient air quality results for NH3 140 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values for all the 3.15 144 sampling locations 3.16 Ground water and Surface sampling locations 146 3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 148-149 3.18 Surface water quality the study area 150-151 3.19 Noise monitoring locations 154 3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 156 3.21 Traffic Study 158-159 3.22 Soil sampling locations 160 3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 162 3.24 Standard Soil Classification 163-164 3.25 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps Prepared 164 3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 164 3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 165 3.28 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study Area 170 Ecological Sensitivity details of the project site and its 3.29 174 buffer zone of 10 KM Radius

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

3.30 List of plants found in the project area 175-176 List of Trees, shrubs and perennial climbers Found the 3.31 177-180 study area. 3.32 Herbaceous species found the Study Area 180-181 List of vertebrates other than birds found in and around the 3.33 183-184 project site List of Birds either spotted or reported from the areas in 3.34 184-185 and around the project site Aquatic and semi aquatic macrophytes found along the 3.35 banks and in the shallow waters of Krishna River, Palleru 186-187 River and Pulichintala reservoir. List of Fishes reported from Krishna River, Palleru River 3.36 and Pulichintala Reservoir located in the buffer zone of the 187-189 project site. 3.37 Population Distribution 190-191 Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study 3.38 192 Area 3.39 Occupational Structure in Study Area 193

CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Table No Description Page No Summary – Identification Of Impacts During Construction 4.1 200 Phase 4.2 Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase 201-203 4.3 Emission Details from Proposed Boiler Stack 204 4.4 Emission Details from DG Set Stack 205 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental 4.5 208 Concentrations 4.6 Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's 208 4.7 Process Emission details and mitigation measures 212 4.8 Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details 219

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

Table No Description Page No 5.1 Site Description 222-223

CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Table No Description Page No Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule 6.1 230 details Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation 6.2 230-232 Phase

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

6.3 Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations 233

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT Table No Description Page No Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions proposed With 7.1 241-251 Mitigation Measures. 7.2 Solvent/ Chemicals 252 7.3 Severity Categories and Criteria 263 Heat flux Intensity and exposure time-Damage criteria for 7.4 266 people 7.5 Damage due to overpressures 267 7.6 Chemical exposure limits 282

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Table No Description Page No 10.1 List of Plants identified for Greenbelt 330 10.2 The details of the Monitoring Program 331-332 10.3 Proposed Water consumption details 333 10.4 Characteristics Details of proposed Boilers 337 10.5 Stack Emission Details of proposed DG set 338 10.6 Effluent generation details 338 10.7 HTDs & LTDs effluent details 338 10.8 Hazardous / Solid waste generation, disposal Details 339 10.9 Available rain water (annual)for Harvesting 341 10.10 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management plan 342

LIST OF FIGURES CHAPTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION Figure No Description Page No 2.1 Location map 10 2.2 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 11 2.3 Latest photographs of Proposed site 12 2.4 Topomap showing 10km radius 13 2.5 Site plan details 14

CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Figure No Description Page No Showing Drainage Map Of The Project Study 3.1 127 Area Windrose Diagram Period: March 2018 – May 3.2 131 2018 3.3 Windrose Diagram of Secondary Data 131 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 135

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

3.5 Ambient Air Quality Results For PM10 137 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Results For PM2.5 138 3.7 Ambient Air Quality Results For SO2 139 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Results For NOx 139 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Results For CO 140 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Results For NH3 141 3.11 Ground & Surface water sampling Locations Map 147 3.12 Noise Sampling Locations Map 155 3.13 Soil Sampling Locations Map 161 3.14 Pie Diagram showing Land Use in the Study Area 170 3.15 Satellite Imagery of the Study Area 171 3.16 Land Use / Land Cover Map Of The Study Area 172 Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in 3.17 191 the Study Area The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in 3.18 192 Study Area The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in 3.19 193 Study Area

CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES Figure No Description Page No 4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 209 4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 210 4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 211

CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Figure No Description Page No Organisational Structure of Environment Health 6.1 228 & Safety

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Figure No Description Page No 10.1 Flow chart of EMP 310 Schematic diagram of Proposed waste water 10.2 316 treatment – ZLD System 10.3 Flow chart for effluent treatment HTDS 317 10.4 Flow chart for effluent treatment LTDS 318 10.5 Flow chart for effluent treatment 319 10.6 Schematic diagram of MEE system 323 Schematic diagram Emissions Control 10.7 334 Scrubbing System 10.8 Roof water harvesting Structure 341 10.9 5 R concept 345

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Index of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

LIST OF ENCLOSURES

S. No Description Enclosure No 1 Public Hearing Minutes Enclosure – I 2 Land Document Enclosure – II 3 Land Conversion Document Enclosure – III 4 Ground Water Permission Enclosure – IV 5 NABET Accreditation Details Enclosure – V

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

OF EIA REPORT

OF SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD. For

Proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediates Manufacturing Unit

Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state.

PREPARED BY

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.

Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: [email protected] NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1. INTRODUCTION SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana.

The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.

Due to change in Survey no., on 05th Jan, 2019 we have applied Fresh ToR application as suggested by MoEF&CC, mentioning the Sy. No. 290 and its parts and also communicated for utilizing the collected baseline data during the period from October to December – 2018.

The project proposal was accepted by MoEF&CC and issued Standard Terms of Reference vide F.No: IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to carryout EIA Study.

1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The salient features of the unit are furnished below.

TABLE 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT Project location Details Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E Annual Max Temp is 44.5 0C Annual Min Temp is 12.7 0C Climatic Conditions Normal Annual Rainfall is 982 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010) Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m) Nature of Land Patta Land Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW) Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE) National Highway National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) (Hyderabad – Vijayawa da Road)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 1

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Railway station Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE) Airport Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE) Telangana – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Interstate Boundary Boundary – 400 meters (NE) 1. Zuari cement 2. Sitapuram Power Plant 3. KCP Cement 4. Anjani Portland Cement Limited Major Industries near the plant site 5. Ra Chem Pharma Limited 6. Sri Durga Industries 7. Ultratech Balaji Cement works 8. Ultratech Cement Limited 9. Jaypee Balaji Cement Plant National Parks None within 10 Km radius Wild life sanctuary None within 10 Km radius Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 Historical Places km (E) Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Palleru River – 5.5 km (E) Water Bodies within 10 km radius Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW) Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Reserve Forest within 10 km Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) radius Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE) Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)

2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 81 TPM. (Given in Table -2). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials with in factory premises.

TABLE 2: PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES Quantity in Therapeutic S. No Name of the Product CAS Number Kg/Month Category 1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic Premature 2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 ejaculation 3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 2

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant 5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer 6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial 8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive 9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction 11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive Total 81000

Table 1.2: Proposed By-Products and Quantities Quantity S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product in Kg/Day 1 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 138.67 2-Phenyl-N-(2-Phenylimino- 2 D-penicillamine 313.57 ethyl)-acetamide Isomer for product Recovery 98.75 3 Duloxetine Hydrochloride Mandelic acid 80.79

2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES A) Land Use Details: The proposed unit is in an existing area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m), the usage details are given Table 3.

TABLE 3: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Sq. m AREA IN Acres AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 8998 2.22 24.71 2 Green Belt Area 13660 3.37 37.51 3 Roads Area 8925 2.21 24.51 4 Open Area 4831 1.20 13.27 TOTAL 36414 9.00 100.00

 37.51 % of Land is allotted For Green Belt Development

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 3

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

B) Proposed Water Consumption Details

TABLE- 4: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS Water S. No Purpose input KLD 1 Process 25.13 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler make up 30.00 4 Cooling towers make up 63.00 5 Scrubbing system 3.00 6 Domestic 5.00 7 Gardening 3.00 Total 134.13

The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.

Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused. C) Energy Requirement Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana State Power Distribution Company Limited [TSPDCL]. The power requirement of project will be 2000 KVA.

D) Utilities: For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.

The emission details are presented in Table 6 & 7

TABLE 5: DETAILS OF UTILITIES

S. Description Capacity No 1 Coal fired boilers 2 TPH & 3 TPH 3 D. G. Set 1 x 500 KVA 3 x 200 TR 4 Cooling Towers & 1 x 300 TR Electricity supply from 5 2000 KVA TSPDCL Fuel Consumption 6 Coal 15.5 TPD 7 Diesel 80 Liters/Day

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 4

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 6: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER 2.0 TPH Coal fired 3.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Boiler Indian Coal with CV Indian Coal with CV Type of Fuel -- of 4000 kcal/kg to of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50 Ash Content % 35 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 1 Height of stack M 30 30 Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14 Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28

TABLE 7: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO In dia. Temp. in Height Velocity In KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 In m OC in (m) In m/sec. 500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14

E) Pollution Control Equipment: i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the cyclone separator at a definite interval. ii) Bag Filter: The boiler flue gases from cyclone separator enter into pack of bag filters, where particulate matter will be separated leaving as cake on bags surface. They are cleared by shaking or vibrating by pulse jet causing the filter cake to be loosened and to fall in the Hopper. iii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stacks of height 30 mtrs will be provided for

pollutants (SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.

iv) Scrubbers: Two scrubbers of 2-Stage are proposed to scrub the HCl & SO2. The packing media in the scrubber is 25 mm poly propylene rings.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 5

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 Study Area Included In Environmental Setting Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis.

The base line data were monitored during the study period of Oct 2018 – Dec 2018. The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.

3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 12 °C and 39 °C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was recorded as 79%

C. Wind Pattern during Study Period Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and rainfall in the area.

Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. The following observations can be made from the collected data;  Calm period is observed to be 1.9 % during the time of monitoring.  The predominant wind direction is N & NE.  Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in North direction.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 6

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Average wind speed 3.5 m/s.  Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec, 0.5 – 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 - 5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages ranges from 27.5, 21.1, & 16.2.

D. Rainfall Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 28.2 mm. Normal annual rainfall is 982 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)

3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS Total ten locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results are presented in Table 8, 9 & 10 respectively.

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12 week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations during period of Oct 2018 – Dec 2018.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 55.0 – 69.3 μg/ m3. The maximum concentration 69.3 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at

Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 3 The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m . The maximum and th minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area were 22.0 – 27.7 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 27.7 μg/ 3 m was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.2 – 15.4 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 15.4

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 7

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3 μg/ m obtained at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in the range with 98th percentile values between 19.6 – 22.8 μg/ m3. A maximum value of 22.8 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Dondapadu (near

Sitapurm). The concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.35 – 0.87 mg/m3 respectively. Highest 3 value of 0.87 mg/ m was at the Project Site. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3

6. Ammonia (NH3) th The maximum and minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3) monitored in the study area were 24.9 – 28.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 3 28.1 μg/ m was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 8

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 8: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98TH PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATIONS

3 3 3 3 3 3 PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Name of Sampling Location Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th

A1 Project Site 59.1 66.3 66.3 23.7 26.5 26.5 13.1 14.7 14.7 20.5 22.1 22.1 0.66 0.87 0.87 25.8 27.4 27.4 Dondapadu (near A2 58.2 69.6 69.3 23.3 27.8 27.7 12.9 15.5 15.4 20.3 22.9 22.8 0.21 0.58 0.57 25.6 28.2 28.1 Sitapurm Colony) A3 Mukteshwarapuram 52.9 58.9 58.7 21.2 23.6 23.5 11.8 13.1 13.0 19.2 20.5 20.4 0.11 0.51 0.44 24.5 25.8 25.7

A4 Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 21.4 24.1 23.9 11.9 13.4 13.3 19.3 20.8 20.7 0.12 0.36 0.35 24.6 26.1 26.0

A5 Vajinepalli 45.6 65.8 65.5 18.2 26.3 26.2 10.1 14.6 14.6 17.5 22.0 22.0 0.12 0.54 0.45 22.8 27.3 27.3 A6 Ramapuram 47.3 61.9 61.5 18.9 24.8 24.6 10.5 13.8 13.7 17.9 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.35 23.2 26.5 26.4 A7 Budavada 38.1 55.0 55.0 15.2 22.0 22.0 8.5 12.2 12.2 15.9 19.6 19.6 0.12 0.47 0.46 21.2 24.9 24.9 A8 Jaggayyapeta 57.2 62.0 61.8 22.9 24.8 24.7 12.7 13.8 13.7 20.1 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.36 25.4 26.5 26.4 NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80 2 400

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 9

Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.5 WATER QUALITY Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Ground water & Surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in the study area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters to ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies.

TABLE 9: WATER ANALYSIS RESULTS Ground water Surface water S. No Parameters Min Max Min Max 1 pH 7.04 7.66 7.42 8.39 2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 608 966 414 954 3 Total hardness (mg/l) 295 515 190 495 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 102.2 257.4 62 265 5 Fluoride (mg/l) 1.1 6.2 2.6 7.2 6 Sulphates (mg/l) 66.5 98.6 35.4 84.8

 Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods and the water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS-10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium. Fluoride and Chloride.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of Oct – Dec 2018.

Daytime Noise Levels (Lday) Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 65.3 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A). Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in the commercial location was observed as 53.5 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65 dB(A). Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 52.2 dB (A) to 53.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 10 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight) Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 42.0 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A). Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in the commercial location was observed as 36.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A). Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 33.1 dB(A) to 37.6 dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.

TABLE 10: NOISE LEVELS OF THE STUDY AREA Day Time CPCB Night Time CPCB Category of S. Name of the in Leq Standard in Leq Standard Area/zone No Location dB (A) Day Time dB (A) Night time 1. Project Site Industrial 65.3 75dB (A) 42.0 70dB (A) 2. Dondapadu Residential 53.4 55dB (A) 34.3 45dB (A) 3. Mukteshwarapuram Residential 53.5 55dB (A) 33.1 45dB (A) 4. Bugga Madharam Residential 52.8 55dB (A) 35.4 45dB (A) 5. Vajinepalli Residential 52.2 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)

6. Ramapuram Residential 53.6 55dB (A) 37.6 45dB (A) 7. Budavada Residential 52.4 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A) 8. Jaggayyahpet Commercial 53.5 65dB (A) 36.1 55dB (A)

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT Based on the data, the soil quality is found to be normal.

3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA Land use / Land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data (Satellite Imagery Acquisition: 11-September-2018) and with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1: 50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Khariff year 2018) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 11 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 11: LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA Area in Area in S. No LAND USE Sq. km Percentage (%) 1 Built Up Land 23.550 7.5 2 Water Bodies 37.052 11.8 3 Forest 71.906 22.9 4 Crop Land 96.398 30.7 5 Waste Lands 85.094 27.1 Total 314.00 100.0

3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE  The total population of the study area is 1,80,636 in which male and female population constitutes about 49.97 % and 50.03 % in the study area respectively.  The literate male and female in the study area are 60324 and 48184 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 66.83% with male and 53.32% with female respectively.  In the study area the main and marginal workers are 76041 (42.1%) and 12056 (6.7%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 92539 (51.2%) constitutes non-workers

All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose and common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and provided with Drinking Water.

4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 Expected Air Environment A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS

The Predicted Process emissions are SO2, CO2, CH3Cl, HCl, HF, HBr, H2, NH3 & O2 which are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.

TABLE 12: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS Quantity In S. No. Name of the Gas Treatment Method Kg/Day 1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution 4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere 5 Hydrogen 16 Diffused by using Nitrogen through

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 12 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flame arrestor 6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere 8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution

4.2 PROPOSED PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM Scrubbers with 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) & 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) capacities will be installed for control of process emissions. The Schematic diagram of emission control system is given below.

FIGURE-1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

B. EMISSIONS FROM BOILER The Particulate matter generated from 2 TPH & 3 TPH Coal fired Boilers will be controlled by using cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The sulphur dioxide

(SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by providing adequate stacks of height 30 mtrs each will be provided for effective dispersion and dilution.

The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the

overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible limits as specified by NAAQ Standards.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 13 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 13: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's Maximum Incremental Resultant NAAQ Baseline Concentrations due Pollutant Concentration Standards Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 69.3 0.975 70.275 100 SO2 15.4 2.34 17.74 80 NOx 22.8 2.59 25.39 80

4.3 Expected Effluent Water Details The waste water generation will be 52.86 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given below.

TABLE 14: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS Effluent S. No. Purpose Details KLD 1 Process 28.36 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler Blow down 5.00 4 Cooling towers bleed off 7.00 5 Scrubbing System 3.00 6 Domestic 4.50 Total 52.86

TABLE 15: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS Effluent HTDS LTDS Unit Generation Treatment Method KLD KLD in KLD Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper followed by MEE system. Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00 LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00 Treated effluent is sent to RO, RO permeate water is recycled Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00 and RO rejects taken for Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50 salts for disposal to TSDF. Total 19.18 33.68 52.86

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 14 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment and RO will be installed to treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water.

The MEE System with 40 KLD Capacity & RO system with 50 KLD Capacity will be installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.

4.4 Noise Environment The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increases the noise levels.

All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.

4.5 Land Environment The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.

4.6 Ecological Environment Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged on ecology.

4.7 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details The Hazardous and Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 15 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 16: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Details Organic waste (Process 1 1406 Residue) 2 Spent Carbon 71 Sent to Cement Industries 3 Solvent distillation residue 441 Organic Evaporate ( liquid 4 380 from MEE stripper) SPCB Authorized Agencies for 5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day Reprocessing/Recycling 6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504 8 MEE Salts 2868 SPCB Authorized Agencies for 9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum Reprocessing/Recycling After Detoxification sent back to 10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month suppliers/sent to outside Parties Send back to suppliers for 11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year buyback of New Batteries Solid Waste Details 12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers

4.8. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction (preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery. All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity. Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 16 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.

5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE A) Air Pollution Management  The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.  Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.  Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors.  Adequate stacks of height 30 Mtrs will be provided to 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers.  Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag filters will be provided to the boiler.  In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.

B) Water Pollution Management  Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.  The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 40 KLD capacity, Biological Treatment system of 55 KLD and RO system with 50 KLD capacities for treatment of 52.86 KLD effluents generated from plant operations.  Total Water requirement is 134.13 KLD out of which 43.50 KLD recycled water recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.  Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table.  Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 17 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

C) Noise Pollution Management  Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will be provided, if required.  Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.  Greenbelt Development.

D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following Mitigation measures are proposed:

 There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage.  The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.  The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse.

E) Green Belt Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 3.37 Acres (13660 Sq. m). The industry will spend 4 Lakhs as capital cost for planting of samplings. Lists of plants suitable for greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA Report.

F) Solvent Recovery Solvents will be recovered up to 95% using distillation column and necessary cooling condensers.

5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will have a dedicated Environmental Management Cell with experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the plant including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 18 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registration / NABL Accredited Laboratory.

6. PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in this industry.

The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings Roof top.

TABLE 17: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 8998 0.98 0.8 7054.43 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 7054

FIGURE-2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE

7. EMP BUDGET The unit has proposed for 110 Lakhs as capital cost and 15 Lakhs as recurring cost for environment pollution control measures.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 19 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 18: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN [EMP] Proposed Recurring S. No Particulars Capital Cost Cost (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) Pollution Control Equipment 1 (Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter, 20.0 2.0 Sampling port arrangements etc.,) ZLD System 2 80.0 7.5 (MEE, RO, ETP system) Rain Water Harvesting 3 (Roof top water collection pit and Roof top water 3.0 0.5 towards the rain water harvesting pit) Green Belt Development 4 4.0 2.0 (Plantation and Maintenance) Health & Safety 5 3.0 1.0 (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,) Environmental Monitoring 6 (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue 0.0 2.0 gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,) Total 110 15

8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be definitely increased due to the proposed project.

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS Proposed project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical persons will be recruited from outside.

10.0 CONCLUSION SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-Discharge

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 20 Executive Summary of EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

System for all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-Disposal of all Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing wastes.

The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 21

CHAPTER -I

INTRODUCTION

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER- I INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and requires Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi.

On 17th March, 2018 ToR application was submitted, mentioning the Sy.No. 299 and its parts instead of Sy.No. 290 and its parts and Standard ToR were granted by MoEF & CC on 19th April, 2018. Based on granted ToR we have carried out the baseline monitoring during the period of October to December– 2018. Due to change in Survey no., on 05th Jan, 2019 we have applied Fresh ToR application as suggested by MoEF&CC, mentioning the Sy. No. 290 and its parts and also communicated for utilizing the collected baseline data during the period from October to December – 2018.

The project proposal was accepted by MoEF&CC and issued Standard Terms of Reference vide F. No: IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to carryout EIA Study. Public Hearing was held on 07-08-2019 at the project site. PH minutes are enclosed as Enclosure –I.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has registered office located at Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad -500055, Telangana State. Industry proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates Manufacturing Unit at Sy No: 290 and parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state.

The manufacturing unit is in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m). The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores will be used for construction and operational phase.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1.2.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS  A. Koti Reddy, Director, studied B. Sc and having 30 years experience in Chemical Industry.  R. Venkata Manikanta, Partner, studied B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) and having experience in Maintenance Department.  Dr. A. Kavitha, Partner, studied MBBS and having 10 years of experience.  K. Rameshbabu Partner, studied B. Sc and having 35 years experience in various Industries.  R. Raghavendra, Partner, studied B. Tech (Electrical Engineering) and having 9 years experience in Software Company.

1.3 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Government of India. Ministry issued a circular making it mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of industries. Bulk Drugs & Intermediates is one of them, occupying 5th place.

The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi.

Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season (Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change as per their requirements.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 2

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1.4.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit. The proposed project falls under 5(f) “A” category of Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry as per EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendment thereof and requires Environmental Clearance.

1.4.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT The industry proposed to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m). The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction and operational cost. SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed for manufacture the below mention products with Manufacturing Capacity of 81 TPM. The list of proposed products is shown in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Proposed Products and Quantities Quantity in Therapeutic S. No Name of the Product CAS Number Kg/Month Category 1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic Premature 2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 ejaculation 3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic 4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant 5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer 6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial 8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive 9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction 11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive Total 81000

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 3

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1.4.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates Manufacturing Unit at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu Village, Chinthalapalem Mandal, Suryapet District, Telangana state.

TABLE 1.3: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE Project location Details Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E Annual Max Temp is 44.5 0C 0 Climatic Conditions Annual Min Temp is 12.7 C Normal Annual Rainfall is 982 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, 1981 - 2010) Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m) Nature of Land Patta Land Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW) Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE) National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) National Highway (Hyderabad – Vijayawada Road) Railway station Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE) Airport Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE) Telangana State – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Interstate Boundary Boundary – 400 meters (NE) 1. Zuari cement 2. Sitapuram Power Plant 3. KCP Cement 4. Anjani Portland Cement Limited Major Industries near the plant site 5. Ra Chem Pharma Limited 6. Sri Durga Industries 7. Ultratech Balaji Cement works 8. Ultratech Cement Limited 9. Jaypee Balaji Cement Plant National Parks None within 10 Km radius Wild life sanctuary None within 10 Km radius Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 Historical Places km (E) Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Palleru River – 5.5 km (E) Water Bodies within 10 km radius Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW) Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Reserve Forest within 10 km Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) radius Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 4

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)

1.4.4 PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is a Greenfield project intended to establish manufacturing unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates.  Availability of the well-connected road and railway network for easy transportation of the construction equipments and materials, Raw materials and finished products.  Easy availability of skilled and unskilled labor for construction of Plant and its operation. India’s pharmaceutical sector accounts for about 2.4 per cent of the global pharmaceutical industry in terms of value and 10 per cent in terms of volume. India accounted for about 20 per cent of the global exports in generics. In FY16, India exported pharmaceutical products worth USD $ 16.89 billion, with the number expected to reach USD $ 40 billion by 2020. India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance at a CAGR of 17 per cent to reach USD $ 250 billion by 20. The generics market stood at USD $ 26.1 billion in 2016 from USD $ 21 billion in 2015. India’s generics market has shown an immense potential for future growth.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT  To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio- economic status of area.  To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts due to proposed project.  Collection and testing of water sources and soil.  To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase.  Greenbelt development.

1.5.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 5

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 Km radius of the Proposed Project site.

1.5.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

1.5.4 REGULATORY SCOPING  Obtaining Consent for Establishment & Consent for Operation from State Pollution Control Board.

1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.2 highlights the relevant environmental legislations applicable to this project.

TABLE 1.4: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT

S. coordinating Applicability to Legal frame work Objectives of the policy No authority the project Environmental Legality Prohibits the discharge of pollutants Water (Prevention and into water bodies beyond a given 1 Control of pollution) Act, SPCB Applicable standard, and lays down penalties 1974 for non-compliance Water (Prevention and Provides for a levy and collection of 2 Control of Pollution) SPCB a cess on water consumed by Applicable Cess Act, 1977 industries and local authorities Air (Prevention and Provides means for the control and 3 Control of Pollution) Act, SPCB Applicable abatement of air pollution. 1981 Defined the procedures for The Air (Prevention and conducting meetings of the boards, 4 Control of Pollution) SPCB Applicable the powers of the presiding officers, Rules, 1982 decision-making etc

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 6

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. coordinating Applicability to Legal frame work Objectives of the policy No authority the project An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the Public Liability Director of persons affected by accident 5 Applicable Insurance Act, 1991 Factories occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto Environment Ensure that appropriate measures (Protection) Act, 1986 are taken to conserve and protect 6 (EPA) followed by (MoEF&CC) Applicable the Environment before amendment in May commencement of operations. 1994 (Schedule-I) Under its ambit, 32 types of Environmental Impact industries are liable to opt for 7 Assessment Notification MoEF&CC Environmental clearance from Applicable no. S.O. 1533 MoEF&CC by providing adequate EIA report Lay down the procedures for setting The Environment 8 SPCB standards of emission or discharge Applicable (Protection) Rules, 1986 of environmental pollutants The Hazardous Wastes Procedure for inventory, control, management handling and disposal of hazardous 9 (Management and SPCB waste. Provide for setting up of Applicable Handling) Rules, 1989 disposal sites/landfill sites design, and amended in 2000 operation and closure Solid Waste Procedure for management and 10 Management Rules, SPCB Applicable handling of solid wastes 2016 Batteries (Management To ensure that the used batteries and Handling) 11 SPCB are collected back as per the Applicable Amendment Rules, schedule against new batteries 2010 Procedure to recovery/and/or reuse E- Waste (Management 12 SPCB of useful material from waste Applicable Rules), 2016 electrical and electronic equipment

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 7

CHAPTER -II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER-II PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates Manufacturing Unit at Survey No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu Village, Chinthalapalem Mandal, Suryapet District, Telangana state.

The industry proposes to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m). The Industry is having its registered office at Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad - 500055, Telangana State.

The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction and operational cost.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17 per cent to reach USD$ 250 billion by 2020. The generics market stood at USD$ 26.1 billion in 2016 from USD $ 21 billion in 2015. India’s generics market has shown an immense potential for future growth. Hence, the proponent has decided to expand an existing Bulk drugs industry in this location keeping in view of Low cost manpower, Semi–skilled and un-skilled labor availability.

2.3 LOCATION The proposed site is located at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state. It has good connectivity and infrastructure availability. Dondapadu to Muktyala road is at a distance of 0.4 Km (NE), National Highway No. 9 is at a distance of 16 km (ENE); the proposed site is located about 1.30 Km from Dondapadu village. The Motumari Railway Station is at distance of 33 km (ENE). Vijayawada Airport is about 87 km (ESE) from the project site.

The industry proposes to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m). The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 16°49' 33.67" N, Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Sq. m AREA IN Acres AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 8998 2.22 24.71 2 Green Belt Area 13660 3.37 37.51 3 Roads Area 8925 2.21 24.51 4 Open Area 4831 1.20 13.27 TOTAL 36414 9.00 100.00

**37.51 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 9

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP

SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. Sy No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet (D), Telangana State

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 10

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING SGR LABORATORIES PRIVATE LIMITED

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 11

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 2.3: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 12

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 2.4: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 13

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 2.5: SITE LAYOUT

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 14

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.4 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION Total production capacity of proposal is 81 TPM.

TABLE 2.2: List of Proposed Products and Quantities Quantity in Therapeutic S. No Name of the Product CAS Number Kg/Month Category 1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic Premature 2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 ejaculation 3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic 4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant 5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer 6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial 8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive 9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction 11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive Total 81000

Table 2.3: Proposed By-Products and Quantities Quantity S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product in Kg/Day

1 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 138.67 2-Phenyl-N-(2-Phenylimino- 2 D-penicillamine 313.57 ethyl)-acetamide Isomer for product Recovery 98.75 3 Duloxetine Hydrochloride Mandelic acid 80.79

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the Authorities. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: IA-J- 11011/14/2019-IA-II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out during the period of Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 15

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The Environmental Clearance is expected to get after public consultation in four to five months.

The proponent after receiving the EC will approach SPCB to get CFE/CFO and other statutory approvals from respective authorities for plant operations.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different types of chemical reactions. The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials, solvents and gas cylinders within factory premises. The proponent is having proven technology to manufacture the proposed products.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 16

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.6.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM TRIHYDRATE Process Description Stage-1 (6-Cyanomethyl-2, 2-dimethyl- [1, 3] dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester undergoes hydrogenation in presence of Raney Nickel and Methanol to give Stage-1 product. Stage-2 Stage-1 reacts with 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-isobutyryl-3 phenyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl- butyramide in presence of IPA and Cyclohexane to give Stage-2 product.

Stage-3 Satge-2 undergoes hydrolysis in presence of Hydrochloric acid and IPA to give stage-3 product.

Sateg-4 Stage-3 product reacts with Calcium acetate in presence of Methanol and toluene to give Atorvatatin calcium Trihydrate

Route of Synthesis

Stage-1

O O O O O O NC + 2 H2 O H2N O (6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- 4.00 [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid [6-(2-Amino-ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl- tert-butyl ester [1,3]dioxan-4-yl]-acetic acid tert-butyl ester C14H23NO4 C14H27NO4 269.34 273.37

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 17

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2 F

O O O O + H O N H2N O O

[6-(2-Amino-ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl- 2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-1- [1,3]dioxan-4-yl]-acetic acid phenyl-ethyl]-4-methyl-3-oxo- tert-butyl ester pentanoic acid phenylamide C14H27NO4 C26H24FNO3 273.37 417.47

H C 3 CH H C CH 3 O3 3 O O O N N O H + 2 H2O F (6-{2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3- 2X18=36.0 phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]- ethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl)- acetic acid tert-butyl ester C40H47FN2O5 654.81 Stage-3

H C 3 CH H C 3 3 CH3 O O H C CH HO OH O O O3 3 O N N O N N O H H + H2O F F (6-{2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3- 18.0 7-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3- phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]- phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]- ethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl)- 3,5-dihydroxy-heptanoic acid tert-butyl acetic acid tert-butyl ester ester C40H47FN2O5 C37H43FN2O5 654.81 614.75

Acetone 58.08

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 18

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 H C CH HO OH O3 3 O N N O + H + Ca(COOCH3)2 + 3 H2O 2 NaOH F 2 54.0 (80) 7-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3- (158.17) phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-3,5- dihydroxy-heptanoic acid tert-butyl ester

C37H43FN2O5 2X614.75=1229.5

H C CH O3 3 OH OH O - +2 N N O Ca . 3H O + 2 OH + 2 CH3COONa H 2

F 2

2-Methyl-propan-2-ol Sodium acetate Atorvastatin calcium trihydrate (148.24) (164) (1209.26) Flow Chart (6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester Raney Nickel Stage-1 Methanol Rec Methanol spent catalyst Stage-1 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- isobutyryl-3 phenyl -4-oxo-N-phenyl-butyramide S tage-2 Cyclo hexane Rec cyclohexane Isopropyl alcohol Rec Isopropylalcohol Stage-2 Sodium carbonate Stage-3 Acetonitrile Rec Acetonitrile IPA Rec IPA Hydrochloric acid Stage-3 Calcium acetate Stage-4 Methanol Rec Sodium hydroxide flakes Toluene Rec Hydrochloric acid Methanol Toluene ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM TRIHYDRATE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 19

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance: Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-1 Batch Size: 500.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg (6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- 252.00 Stage-1 248.00 [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester Hydrogen 0.68 Methanol Recovery 152.00 Raney Nickel 1.00 Methanol Loss 8.00 Methanol 160.00 Spent catalyst 1.00 Organic residue 4.68 Process residue-4.68 Total 413.68 Total 413.68

Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-2 Batch Size: 500.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-1 248.00 Stage-2 570.00 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- 378.50 Generated water 32.48 isobutyryl-3 phenyl -4-oxo-N-phenyl-butyramide Pivalic acid 2.00 Cyclohexane Recovery 190.00 cyclohexane 200.00 Cyclohexane Loss 10.00 Isopropylalcohol 150.00 Isopropylalcohol Recovery 143.00 Isopropylalcohol Loss 7.00 Organic residue(Pivalic acid) 26.02 Process residue-26.02 (organic impurities-24.02, Pivalic acid-2) Total 978.50 Total 978.50

Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-3 Batch Size: 500.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-2 570.00 Stage-3 522.00 Sodium carbonate 7.00 Acetonitrile Recovery + 335.16 Acetone-50.16 Acetonitrile 300.00 Acetonitrile Loss 15.00 IPA 150.00 IPA Recovery 143.00 Water 2000.00 IPA Loss 7.00 Effluent water 1991.60 (water-1984.60, Sodium 0 carbonate-7)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 20

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Organic Residue 13.24 Process residue-13.24 Total 3027.00 Total 3027.00

Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-4 Batch Size: 500.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-3 522.00 Atorvastatin calcium 500.00 Trihydrate Calcium acetate 66.82 Methanol Recovery 280.00 Sodium hydroxide flakes 33.95 Methanol Loss 15.00 Hydrochloric acid 3.36 Toluene Recovery 185.00 Methanol 300.00 Toluene Loss 10.00 Toluene 200.00 Effluent water 1549.98 Activated carbon 5.00 (water-1477.56,sodium 0 acetate-69.42,Toluene-3) Hyflow 3.00 Spent carbon & Hyflow 8.00 Water 1500.00 Organic residue 86.15 Process residue-79.15 Organic Impurities-16.51,2- Methyl-propan-2-ol-62.64, Distillation residue-7 (Toluene-2, Methanol-5) Total 2634.13 Total 2634.13

DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description: Stage-1 1-Napthol reacts with 3-Phenyl propyl bromide and Potassium hydroxide in the presence of Methanol to give Stage-1 product. Stage-2 Step-A Stage-1 product reacts with N-Bromosuccinimide in the presence of EDC to give Stage-2A product. Step-B Step-2A product reacts with Di methyl amine in the presence of Ethanol to give Stage-2B product. Stage-3 Stage-2 B product reacts with Tartaric acid in the presence of Ethanol to give Stage- 3 product.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 21

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 Stage-3 product reacts with IPA. HCl to give Dapoxetine Hydrochloride .

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 OH

+ Br Methanol + KOH 1-Napthol 3-phenyl propyl bromide Potassium C10H8O C9H11Br hydroxide 144.17 199.09 56.11

+ KBr + H2O 1-(3-Phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene 119.00 18.0 C19H18O 262.35 Stage-2 Step-A

O N O O EDC + 1-(3-Phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene N-Bromo succinimide C H O 19 18 C4H4BrNO2 262.35 177.98

O H N O O

Br + 1-(3-Bromo-3-phenyl-propoxy) Pyrrolidine-2,5-dione -naphthalene C4H5NO2 C19H17BrO 99.09 341.24 Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 22

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-B

O H N Br + Ethanol

1-(3-Bromo-3-phenyl-propoxy) Dimethyl amine -naphthalene C2H7N C19H17BrO 341.24 45.08

+ HBr Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1 80.91 -phenyl-propyl]-amine

C21H23NO

305.41 Stage-3

OH O O HO OH N + O OH Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1 Tartaric acid -phenyl-propyl]-amine C4H6O6 C21H23NO 305.41 150.09

OH O O HO OH

N O OH

Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1 -phenyl-propyl]-amine tartarsate

C25H29O7N 455.50

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 23

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 OH O O HO OH

N O OH IPA.HCl

Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1 -phenyl-propyl]-amine tartarsate

C25H29O7N 455.50

O OH O Cl HO N H + OH O OH Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Tartaric acid C21H23NO C4H6O6 305.41 150.09 Flow Chart:

1-Naphthol 3-Phenylpropyl bromide Stage-1 Methanol Rec Potassium hydroxide Methanol

Stage-1 Di methyl amine Stage-2 Ethanol Rec Ethanol Diethyl ether Rec Diethylether

Stage-2 Ethanol Stage-3 Ethanol Rec Tartaric acid

Stage-3 Sodium hydroxide Stage-4 Ethyl acetate Rec Ethyl acetate IPA.HCl

DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 24

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance:

Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-1 Batch Size:100.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg 1-Naphthol 106.00 Stage-1 187.00 3-Phenylpropyl bromide 147.00 Methanol Recovery 251.00 Potassium hydroxide 42.00 Methanol Loss 13.00 Methanol 265.00 Diethyl ether Recovery 333.00 Diethyl ether 350.00 Diethyl ether Loss 17.00 Sodium sulphate 20.00 Carbon tetra hydrochloride 238.00 Recovery Carbon tetra hydrochloride 250.00 Carbon tetra hydrochloride Loss 12.00 Water 500.00 Effluent water 600.72 (Water-500,Generated water- 0 13.23,Potassium bromide-87.49) Inorganic solid waste 20.00 (Sodium sulfate) 0 Organic Residue 8.28 Process residue-7.28 Distillation residue-1 (Methanol-1) Total 1680.00 Total 1680.00

Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-2 Batch Size:100.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-1 187.00 Stage-2 206.00 Di methyl amine 32.00 Ethanol Recovery 665.00 Ethanol 700.00 Ethanol Loss 35.00 Diethyl ether 700.00 Diethyl ether Recovery 665.00 Sodium sulphate 20.00 Diethyl ether Loss 35.00 N-Bromo succinamide 127.00 Effluent water 800.00 water 800.00 (Water-800) 0 Inorganic solid waste 20.00 (Sodium sulfate) 0 Process emission 56.19 (Hydrogen Bromide-56.19) 0 Organic Residue 0 Succinimide Recovery 70.63 Organic residue 13.18 Process residue-13.18 Total 2566.00 Total 2566.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 25

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-3 Batch Size:100.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-2 206.00 Stage-3 153.00 Ethanol 100.00 Ethanol Recovery 95.00 Tartaric acid 51.00 Ethanol Loss 5.00 Isomer recovery 104.00 Organic Residue Total 357.00 Total 357.00

Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-4 Batch Size:100.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-3 153.00 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 100.00 Sodium hydroxide 1.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 90.00 Ethyl acetate 100.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 10.00 IPA.HCl 2.00 Effluent water 851.40 800.00 (Water-800,Tartraic acid-50.40, 0 Water Sodium Hydroxide-1) Organic Residue 4.60 Process residue-4.6 Total 1056.00 Total 1056.00

D-PENICILLAMINE

Process description: Stage-1 The Penilloic acid is reacted with the mixture of Aniline, Water, Acetic acid and Toluene medium , and extracting the product in to aqeous layer to give D- Penicillamine crude. The obtained crude is crystallized with methanol to give Pure D- Pencillamine

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 26

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1

H S CH3 N CH 3 NH HN 2 O OH Methanol, Toluene, EDC, Acetic acid & Water O + Penilloic acid Aniline

C15H20N2O3S C6H7N 308.39 93.13

CH O 3 H H3C N N HS OH NH O H 2 + D-Penicillamine 2-Phenyl-N-(2-phenylimino- C5H11NO2S ethyl)-acetamide C16H16N2O 149.21 252.31 Flow chart: Peniloic acid Aniline Methanol Methanol + Toluene Toluene (Mixed Solvents)Recovery EDC Stage-1 EDC Recovery Acetic acid Effluent water Activated carbon Hyflow Water

D-Penicillamine Material balance:

Material Balance of D-Penicillamine Stage-1 Batch Size:200.00Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Peniloic acid 460.00 D-Penicillamine 200.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 27

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Aniline 139.00 By-Product 376.28 (2-Phenyl-N-(2-phenylimino-ethyl)- acetamide) Methanol 400.00 Methanol + Toluene (Mixed 718.00 Solvents)Recovery Toluene 350.00 Methanol loss 10.00 EDC 300.00 Toluene loss 12.00 Acetic acid 89.55 EDC Recovery 295.00 Activated carbon 15.00 EDC loss 5.00 Hyflow 1.00 Effluent water 2503.00 Water 2500.00 (Water-2500,Toluene-3) 0 Spent carbon 15.00 Inorganic solid waste 1.00 (Hyflow) Spent acetic acid 89.55 Organic residue 29.72 Process residue-22.72 Distillation residue-7 (Methanol-5,Toluene-2) Total 4254.55 Total 4254.55

DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description: Stage-1 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol reacts with Mandalic acid in the presence of Ethyl acetate to give Stage-1 product. Stage-2 Stage-1 product undergoes reaction with Sodium carbonate in the presence of MDC to give Stage-2 product. Stage-3 Stage-2 product reacts with 1-Fluoro naphthalene, Oxalic acid in the presence of DMSO to give Stage-3 product. Stage-4 Stage-3 product reacts with Phenyl chloro formate in the presence of Toluene a to give Stage-4 product. Stage-5 Stage-4 product reacts with Hydrochloric acid in the presence of Ethyl acetate to give Duloxetine Hydrochloride product.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 28

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Route of synthesis: Stage-1: O CH OH Ethyl acetate 2 3 N + S CH3 OH OH

3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen- L(+)-Mandelic acid 2-yl-propan-1-ol C8H8O3 C H NOS 9 15 152.15 2 X185.29 = 370.58 O CH 3 OH CH N 3 + N S CH3 OH S CH3 OH OH 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol,Mandelate Isomer

C17H23NO4S 185.30 337.43

Stage-2: O CH CH3 3 OH 10%Na CO N N 2 3 CH S CH S 3 3 OH MDC OH OH

3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol,Mandelate 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl- propan-1-ol C17H23NO4S C9H15NOS 337.43 185.29

O OH + OH

Mandelic acid

C8H8O3 152.15

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 29

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-3: Step-A:

F CH3 NaOH N S CH3 + DMSO OH

3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol 1-Fluoro-naphthalene

C10H7F C H NOS 9 15 146.16

185.29 CH3 N S CH3 + O HF

Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3- Hydrofluoride thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine 20.01 C19H21NOS 311.44

Step-B:

CH3 N CH S 3 O OH O + NaOH

HO O DMSO

Oxalic acid Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3- CH3 thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine C2H2O4 N C19H21NOS 90.03 S CH3 311.44 O O OH

HO O

Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen -2-yl-propyl]-amine Oxalate

C21H23NO5S 401.48

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 30

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4: CH3 N S CH3 O O OH O NaOH + + H2O HO O Cl O

Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen Phenyl chloro formate 18.00 -2-yl-propyl]-amine Oxalate C7H5ClO2 C21H23NO5S 156.57 401.48

H N S CH3 O OH O OH

+ + CH Cl + CO2 HO O 3

Carbon dioxide Methyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]- Phenol Methyl chloride 44.00 amine; compound with oxalic acid 94.11 50.49

C20H21NO5S 387.45

Stage-5:

H N S CH3 O O OH Aq.NH3 + HO O HCl Ethyl acetate

Methyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl- Hydrochloric acid propyl]-amine; compound with oxalic acid 36.5

C20H21NO5S 387.45

H N S CH3 O OH O + HCl HO O

Duloxetine Hydrochloride Oxalic acid 90.03 C18H20ClNOS 333.88

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 31

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow Chart: 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen -2-yl-propan-1-ol Stage-1 Ethyl acetate Rec L(+) Mandelic acid Ethyl acetate

Stage-1 Dichloromethane Stage-2 MDC Rec Sodium carbonate

Stage-2 1-FluoroNapthalene Stage-3 DMSO Rec Oxalic acid Toluene Rec DMSO Toluene

Stage-3 Phenyl chloroformate Stage-4 Toluene Rec Sodium carbonate Toluene

Stage-4 Hydrochloric acid Stage-5 Ethyl acetate Rec Ethyl acetate

DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE Material Balance: Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-1 Batch Size: 200.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2- 237.00 Stage-1 215.00 yl-propan-1-ol L(+) Mandelic acid 98.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 340.00 Ethyl acetate 360.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 18.00 Isomer recovery 118.50 Organic Residue 3.50 Process residue-1.5 Distillation residue-2 (Ethyl acetate-2) Total 695.00 Total 695.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 32

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-2 Batch Size: 200.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-1 215.00 Stage-2 118.00 Dichloromethane 200.00 Dichloromethane Recovery 185.00 Sodium carbonate 5.00 Dichloromethane Loss 10.00 Sodium chloride 10.00 Cyclo hexane Recovery 361.00 Cyclo hexane 380.00 Cyclo hexane Loss 19.00 Water 1000.00 Effluent water 1015.00 (Water-1000,Sodium carbonate- 0 5,Sodium chloride-10) Mandelic acid recovery 96.95 Organic Residue 5.05 Process residue-0.05 Distillation residue-5 (DCM-5) Total 1810.00 Total 1810.00

Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-3 Batch Size: 200.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-2 118.00 Stage-3 255.00 1-FluoroNapthalene 93.00 Toluene Recovery 945.00 Oxalic acid 58.00 Toluene Loss 50.00 Sodium hydroxide 10.00 Isopropyl alcohol Recovery 285.00 DMSO 5.00 Isopropyl alcohol Loss 15.00 TBAB 3.00 Effluent water 1020.00 Toluene 1000.00 (Water-1000,DMSO-5, 0 TBAB-3,Sodium hydroxide-10, Toluene-2) Isopropyl alcohol 300.00 Process emission 12.62 Water 1000.00 (Hydrogen Flouride-12.62) 0 Organic Residue 4.38 Process residue-1.38 Distillation residue -3 (Toluene-3) Total 2587.00 Total 2587.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 33

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-4 Batch Size: 200.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-3 255.00 Stage-4 240.00 Phenyl chloroformate 100.00 Toluene Recovery 940.00 Sodium carbonate 0.60 Toluene Loss 50.00 Sodium sulfate 10.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 1045.00 Sodium hydroxide 6.70 Ethyl acetate Loss 55.00 DMSO 2.00 Effluent water 1374.07 TEA 5.00 (Water-1288,DMSO-2, 0 Oxalic Acid-10 ,TEA-5, Phenol-59.77, Toluene-2,sodium carbonate-0.6,sodium hydroxide- 6.7) Oxalic acid 10.00 Inorganic Residue 10.00 Toluene 1000.00 (Sodium sulphate-10) 0 Ethyl acetate 1100.00 Process Emission 60.02 DM. water 1300.00 (Carbon dioxide-27.94,Methyl 0 chloride-32.06,) Organic Residue 15.21 Process residue-7.21 Distillation residue (Toluene-8) Total 3789.30 Total 3789.30

Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-5 Batch Size: 200.0Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg In Kg Stage-4 240.00 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 200.00 Hydrochloric acid 23.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 95.00 Ethyl acetate 100.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 5.00 Methanol 4.00 Methanol Recovery 4.00 Oxalic acid Recovery 56.00 Organic Residue 7.00 Process residue-7 Total 367.00 Total 367.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 34

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

LANSOPRAZOLE Process Description Stage-1 2, 3-Lutidine reacts with Hydrogen Peroxide and Nitric Acid in Presence of Acetic acid to give stage-1 product. Stage-2 Stage-1 Product reacts with 1, 1, 2- trifluoroethanol and Acetic Anhydride in presence of Potassium Carbonate to give stage-2 product. Stage-3 Stage-2 product undergoes chlorination with Thionyl Chloride in presence of Toluene to give stage-3 product. Stage-4 Stage-3 product undergoes condensation with 1H-Benzoimidazole-2-thiol in presence of Sodium Hydroxide to give stage-4 product. Stage-5 Stage-4 product undergoes oxidation with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of IPA to give Lansoprazole.

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 NO2 H C CH3 3

CH3 N H C N+ 3 + 2 H2O HNO + HO OH + 3 O- 4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl Hydrogen Peroxide 36.04 2,3-Lutidine 63.00 pyridine-N-Oxide H2O2 C7H9N C7H8N2O3 107.15 34.00 168.15

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 35

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2

NO2

H3C F O O + + F + K2CO3 + NaOH + HCl H C + F 3 N OH O O- Acetic anhydride 36.46 4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl 1,1,2-Trifluoro-ethanol 138.21 40.00 pyridine-N-Oxide C4H6O3 CF3CH2OH 102.09 C7H8N2O3 100.04 168.15

OCH2CF3

CH3 . HCl + + + KHCO KNO CH3COONa CH3COOH 3 + 2 CH OH N 2 82.03 60.05 100.12 85.10 [3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]- methanol

C9H11ClF3NO2 257.64

Stage-3

OCH2CF3 OCH2CF3

O CH3 CH3 . . HCl + Cl S HCl

CH OH CH2Cl N 2 Cl N [3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy) Thionyl chloride 2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro- ethoxy)-pyridine Hydrochloride -pyridin-2-yl]-methanol SOCl2 C9H11ClF3NO2 118.97 C9H10Cl2F3NO 257.64 276.08

HCl + SO2 + 64.06 36.46

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 36

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 OCH2CF3

CH 3 H . HCl N + HS + 2 NaoH CH Cl N N 2 2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro- 1H-Benzoimidazole-2-thiol 80.00 ethoxy)-pyridine Hydrochloride C7H6N2S C9H10Cl2F3NO 150.20 276.08 OCH2CF3

CH3

H N CH + 2 NaCl + N 2 S 2 H2O N

2-[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl 116.88 36.04 methylthio]-1H-benzo[d]imidazole

C16H14F3N3OS 353.36 Stage-5 OCH2CF3

CH3

H N CH N 2 S + HO OH N

2-[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl Hydrogen peroxide

methylthio]-1H-benzo[d]imidazole H2O2 34.01 C16H14F3N3OS 353.36 OCH2CF3

CH3

O H N CH + H O N 2 S 2 N

Lansoprazole 18.02 C16H14F3N3O2S

369.36

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 37

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow Chart:

2,3-Lutidine Acetic Acid Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) Sulfuric Acid Nitric Acid Stage-1 Effluent water Stage-1 Sodium Hydroxide Potassium Carbonate 1,1,2-Tri Fluoro Ethanol MIBK Recovery MIBK Stage-2 Toluene Recovery Acetic Anhydride Effluent water TEBAC Toluene Hydrogen Chloride Activated Carbon Stage-2 Toluene recovery Methylene Dichloride Stage-3 Methylene Dichloride Recovery Toluene Effluent water Thionyl Chloride

Stage-3 Sodium Hydroxide Stage-4 Effluent water 1H-Benzoimidazole-2thiol

Stage-4 Isopropyl Alcohol Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) Catalyst Isopropyl alcohol Recovery Stage-5 Chloroform Acetone recovery Acetone Effluent water

LANSOPRAZOLE Material Balance: Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-1 Batch Size:500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg 2,3-Lutidine 188.00 Stage-1 280.00 Acetic Acid 46.00 Spent Sulfuric Acid 50.00 Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 120.00 Effluent water 969.23

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 38

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Sulfuric Acid 50.00 (Water-800, Generatedwater- 0 63.23,water from hydrogen peroxide- 60, Acetic Acid - 46) Nitric Acid 111.00 Organic Residue 15.77 Water 800.00 Process residue – 15.77 Total 1315.00 Total 1315.00

Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-2 Batch Size:500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-1 280.00 Stage-2 405.00 Sodium Hydroxide 67.00 MIBK Recovery 140.00 Potassium Carbonate 230.00 MIBK Loss 5.00 1,1,2-Tri Fluoro Ethanol 167.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00 MIBK 150.00 Toluene Loss 10.00 Acetic Anhydride 170.00 Effluent Water 1041.59 TEBAC 1.00 (Water-800, Sodium Acetate-136.59, 0 Acetic Acid-100,Toluene-5) Toluene 400.00 Inorganic solid waste 308.70 Hydrogen Chloride 61.00 (Potassium Nitrite-141.70, Potassium 0 Bicarbonate-167) Activated Carbon 5.00 Spent Carbon 5.00 Water 800.00 Organic Residue 35.71 Process Residue-25.71 Distillation Residue-10 (MIBK-5,Toluene-5) Total 2331.00 Total 2331.00

Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-3 Batch Size:500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-2 405.00 Stage-3 415.00 Methylene Dichloride 400.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Toluene 500.00 Toluene Loss 15 Thionyl Chloride 180.00 Methylene Dichloride Recovery 380.00 Methylene Dichloride Loss 12.00 Process Emissions 152.68 (Sulfur Dioxide-97.50,Hydrogen 0 Chloride-55.18)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 39

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Organic Residue 35.32 Process residue- 17.32 Distillation Residue-18 (Toluene-10, Methylene Dichloride -8) Total 1485.00 Total 1485.00

Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-4 Batch Size:500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-3 415.00 Stage-4 505.00 Sodium Hydroxide 121.00 Effluent Water 829.88 1H-Benzoimidazole-2thiol 226.00 (Water-600, Generated Water- 0 54.18,Sodium Chloride-175.70) Water 600.00 Organic Residue 27.12 (Process Residue-27.12) Total 1362.00 Total 1362.00

Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-5 Batch Size:500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-4 505.00 Lansoprazole 500.00 Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 238.00 Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 98.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 5.00 Catalyst 1.00 Chloroform Recovery 384.00 Chloroform 400.00 Chloroform Loss 12.00 Acetone 150.00 Acetone Recovery 143.00 Water 600.00 Acetone Loss 3.00 Effluent Water 674.75 (Water-600, Generated Water- 0 25.75, Water from Hydrogen peroxide-49) Catalyst Reuse 1.00 Organic Residue 43.25 Process residue-28.25 Distillation residue-15 (IPA-7, Chloroform-4,Acetone-4) Total 2004.00 Total 2004.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 40

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

LOPINAVIR Process Description Stage-1 Step-A (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid reacts with benzyl chloride ,Potassium carbonate in presence of Ethanol to give Stage-A product. Step-B Stage-A Product reacts with Acetonitrile, Sodium amide and citric acid monohydrate in presence of MTBE to give Stage-1 product. Stage-2 Satge-1 reacts with Benzyl magnesium chloride in presence of THF, MTBE to give Stage-2 product. Stage-3 Step-A Stage-2 product reacts with sodium borohydride in presence of Methane sulphonic acid, TEA and 1, 2-DME to give step-A as product. Step-B Valina reacts with Methyl chloro formate and Acrylonitrile to give Stage-3B as product. Step-C Stage-3C Product undergoes Hydrogenation by using Raney nickel as catalyst and methanol to give Stage-3C product. Step-D (2S)- (1-Tetra hydro pyramid-2-one)-3-methyl butanoic acid reacts with Imidazole in presence of THF to give Step-D product. Step-E Step-A reacts with Step-D in presence of Ethyl acetate to give Step-E product. Step-F Step-E reacts with Ammonium formate in presence of Palladium carbon and Methanol to give Step-F product. Step-G Step-F product reacts with L-Pyro glutamic acid in presence of DMF, Ethyl acetate to give (2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1, 6-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP).

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 41

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo- tetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide (S)-5-oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate reacts with 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride and sodium bicarbonate in the presence of Ethyl acetate to give stage-4 as product. Stage-5 Stage-4 undergoes purification with ethanol to give Lopinavir (pure).

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 Step-A Cl

OH Ethanol + K CO + 3 2 3

H2N O Potassium (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl Benzyl Chloride Carbonate propanoic acid C H Cl 7 7 138.21 C9H11NO2 3X126.58=379.74 165.19

O O N + 2 KCl + HCl + CO2 + H2O

(R) -benzyl 2-(dibenzyl amino) Potassium Hydrogen Chloride Carbon dioxide 18.02 -3-phenyl propanoate Chloride 36.46 44.01 C30H29NO2 2X74.55=149.10 435.56

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 42

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-B

O O OH O MTBE HO N + + NaNH + CH3CN 2 H2O HO OH O O

(R) -benzyl 2-(dibenzyl amino) Acetonitrile Sodium Amide Citric Acid Monohydrate -3-phenyl propanoate C6H10O8 C30H29NO2 41.05 39.01 210.14 435.56 NH C

O OH O OH N HO + + O- HO + NH + H O O Na+ 3 2 O

1-Imino-4-(N,N-dibenzylamino) Benzyl Alcohol Monosodium citrate Ammonia 18.0 5-phenyl-3-oxo-pent-1-ene 17.03 C6H7O7Na C7H8O C25H24N2O 368.47 108.14 214.11

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 43

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2

NH C Cl O OH O Mg N HO HO OH + + + O NaCl . H2O O

1-Imino-4-(N,N dibenzylamino) Benzyl Magnesium Citric Acid monohydrate Sodium Chloride -5-phenyl-3-oxo-pent-1-ene Chloride 58.44 C6H10O8 C H N O 25 24 2 C7H7MgCl 210.14 368.47 150.89

THF/MTBE

NH2 O OH O N HO + O- HO + MgCl2 + H2O O Na+ O

(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) Monosodium Citrate Magnesium Chloride -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one 18.02 C6H7O7Na 95.21 C32H32N2O 214.11 460.61

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 44

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-3

Step-A

NH2

O N + MSA + NaBH4 + HCl 3H2O

TEA/1,2 DME sodium (R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) Hydrochloric acid 54.06 Borohydride -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one 36.46 37.83 C32H32N2O 460.61

NH2 OH N + 2 H2 H3BO3 + NaCl +

(2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) Boric acid Sodium chloride 4.04 -1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol 61.83 58.44 C32H36N2O 464.64

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 45

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-B

O O CH NH2 2 HO CH 3 + N + Cl O

H3C CH3 valina Methylchloroformate Acrylonitrile C H NO 5 11 2 C2H3ClO2 C3H3N 117.15 94.50 53.06

O CN

N OCH3 HO

O + HCl H3C CH3

N-(2-Cyanoethyl)-N-(methoxycarbonyl) Hydrochloric acid -L-valine 36.5 C10H16N2O4 228.25

Step-C

O O CN N NH N OCH 3 HO HO O O Raney Ni + H3C CH3 CH3OH H3C CH3 + 2H2 Methanol,NaOH N-(2-Cyanoethyl)-N- 4.00 3-Methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro Metahnol (methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine -pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyric acid 32.04 C10H16N2O4 C9H16N2O3 228.25 200.23

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 46

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-D NH NH HN N O N THF N O + N + N H O OH 2 O O (2S)-(1-Tetrahydropyramid-2-one) Imidazole 1-[1-(Imidazole-1-carbonyl)-2-methyl 18.02 -3-methylbutanoic acid -propyl]-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-2-one C H N 3 4 2 C H N O C H N O 12 18 4 2 9 16 2 3 68.07 250.30 200.23

Step-E

NH2 O OH N NH Ethyl acetate N + N N O Water

1-[1-(4,5-Dihydro-imidazole-1-carbonyl) 5-Amino-2-dibenzylamino-1, -2-methyl-propyl]-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-2-one 6-diphenyl-hexan-3-ol C H N O C32H36N2O 12 18 4 2 250.30 464.64 O N NH N H O OH N + N NH

N-(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy Imidazole -5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro C H N -pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide 3 4 2 68.08 C41H50N4O3 646.86

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 47

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-F

O N NH N H O Pd/C OH + NH4 N - + O O + H2 MeoH

N-(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy Ammonium formate 2.02 -5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro CH5NO2 -pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide 63.06 C41H50N4O3 646.86

O N NH N H O OH H2N + + 2 NH3 + CO2

N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3- Toluene Ammonia Carbondioxide methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)- C7H8 17.03 44.01 butyramide 2 X 92.14=184.28

C27H38N4O3

466.62

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 48

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-G

O N NH O N H H N DMF O + O OH OH Ethyl acetate H2N

L-Pyroglutamic acid N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3- methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)- butyramide C5H7NO3

C27H38N4O3 129.11

466.62 O O N NH H N N H O O OH OH

H2N

(2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1, 6 -diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP)

C32H45N5O6 595.73

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 49

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4

H O N COOH H CH3 OH O Cl H2N N NH O + NaHCO N + 3 H CH O O 3

SodiumCarbonate N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy -2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide; acetyl chloride 84.00 compound with 5-oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid C10H11ClO2

C32H45N5O6 198.64 595.72

Ethyl acetate

CH H 3 OH O H + N N NH + NaCl O N O N COOH H H CH3 O O H3C CH3

Sodium chloride N-{1-Benzyl-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy)-acetylamino]-3- 5-Oxo-pyrrolidine- hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl}-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro- 2-carboxylic acid pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide (Lopinavir Crude) 58.44 C5H7NO3

C37H48N4O5 129.11 + H2O + CO2 628.80 18.00 44.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 50

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-5

CH 3 OH O H N N NH Ethanol O N H CH3 O O H3C CH3

N-{1-Benzyl-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy)-acetylamino]- 3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl}-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro- pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide (Lopinavir Crude) C37H48N4O5 CH 3 OH O 628.80 H N N NH O N H CH3 O O H3C CH3

Lopinavir (pure)

C37H48N4O5

628.80

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 51

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow Chart: (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid Potassium carbonate Benzyl chloride MTBE Recovery Ethanol Stage-1 n-Heptane Ethanol Recovery Methanol Elluent water Sodamide Acetonitrile Citric acid monohydrate MTBE Benzyl magnesium chloride Citric acid monohydrate THF Stage-2 MTBE Recovery Sodium chloride THF Recovery Ethanol effluent water MTBE Sodium Boro hydride Methane sulphonic acid Methanol Recovery Imidazole Stage-3 Ethyl acetaet Recovery TPA Effluent water THF Ethyl acetate Ammonium formate Methanol Palladium carbon 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride (DPC) Acetone Recovery Ethyl acetate Stage-4 Ethyl acetate Recovery Sodium bicarbonate (10%) Effluent water Sodium chloride (10%) Sodium sulphate Acetone

Ethanol Activated carbon Stage-5 Spent Carbon Hyflow

LOPINAVIR

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 52

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance: Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-1 Batch Size: 250Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl 103.00 Stage-1 210.00 propanoic acid Potassium carbonate 86.00 n-Heptane Recovery 238.00 Benzyl chloride 237.00 n-Heptane Loss 12.00 Ethanol 500.00 MTBE Recovery 475.00 n-Heptane 250.00 MTBE Loss 25.00 Methanol 400.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00 Sodamide 23.00 Methanol Loss 10.00 Acetonitrile 24.35 Ethanol Recovery 475.00 Citric acid monohydrate 124.85 Ethanol Loss 15.00 MTBE 500.00 Effluent water 452.00 Water 250.00 (Water-250,Generated Water- 0 10.62, Benzyl Alcohol-64.23, Monosodium citrate-127.15) Inorganic solid waste 92.90 (Potassium chloride-92.90) 0 Process Emissions 60.15 (Carbon dioxide-27.39, Hydrogen 0 chloride-22.66,Ammonia-10.10) Organic Residue 53.15 Orgnanic Impurities-33.15 Distillation residue-20 (Methanol-10,Ethanol-10) Total 2498.20 Total 2498.20

Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-2 Batch Size: 250Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-1 210.00 Stage-2 252.00 Benzyl magnesium chloride 85.90 Ethanol Recovery 380.00 Citric acid monohydrate 119.70 Ethanol Loss 10.00 THF 400.00 MTBE Recovery 570.00 Sodium chloride 33.20 MTBE Loss 30.00 Ethanol 400.00 THF Recovery 380.00 MTBE 600.00 THF Loss 10.00 Water 300.00 Effluent water 486.27 (Water-300, Generated water- 0 10.08, Monosodium citrate-122.01, Magnesium chloride-54.18) Organic Residue 30.53

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 53

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Process residue-10.53 Distillation residue-20 (Ethanol-10,THF-10) Total 2148.80 Total 2148.80

Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-3 Batch Size: 250Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-2 252.00 (2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5- 257.00 (1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3- methyl butanoyl) amino-1,6-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP) Sodium Boro hydride 20.65 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane Recovery 285.00 Methane sulphonic acid 7.00 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane Loss 15.00 Triethyl amine 96.00 MTBE Recovery 238.00 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane 300.00 MTBE Loss 12.00 MTBE 250.00 THF Recovery 475.00 Ammonium chloride 200.00 THF Loss 15.00 Imidazole 39.65 IPA Recovery 285.00 TPA 55.00 IPA Loss 15.000 THF 500.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 760.00 Ethyl acetate 800.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 24.00 Ammonium formate 29.48 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 15.00 Palladium carbon 20.60 DMF Recovery 285.00 L-Pyro glutamic acid 57.96 DMF Loss 15.00 DMF 300.00 MDC Recovery 570.00 Hydrochloric acid 20.00 MDC Loss 12.00 IPA 300.00 Dimethyl Acetamide recovery 152.00 Dimethyl acetamide 160.00 Dimethyl Acetamide Loss 8.00 MDC 600.00 Triethyl amine Reuse 96.00 Valina 75.00 Effluent water 692.91 Methyl chloro formate 60.45 (Water-470.52,Generated water- 0 10.42,Boric acid-33.75, Sodium Chloride-31.75 Methane sulphonic acid-7,imidazole-35.47,Ethyl acetate-8,TEA-96) Acrylonitrile 34.00 Spent Catalysts 25.60 Hydrogen gas 3.29 (Palladium carbon Recovered-20.60, 0 Raney Nickel Recovered-5.00) Raney Nickel 5.00 (Toluene Recovery + Methanol 106.25 recovery) Mixed Solvent Water 500.00 Process Emissions 71.99 (Hydrogen-20.1,Carbondioxide- 0 20.67,Ammonia-7.90,Hydrochloric acid-23.32 ) Inorganic Solid Waste 200.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 54

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

(Ammonium Chloride) 0 Organic Residue 80.33 Process residue-34.33 Distillation residue-46 (Methanol-10,Ethyl acetate-8,THF- 10,MDC-18) Total 5186.08 Total 5186.08

Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-4 Batch Size: 250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg THP(Lopinavir Intermediate) 257.00 Stage-4 260.00 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl 85.50 Ethyl acetate Recovery 760.00 chloride (DPC) Ethyl acetate 800.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 40.00 Sodium bicarbonate (10%) 362.50 Acetone Recovery 473.00 Sodium chloride (10%) 100.00 Acetone Loss 25.00 Sodium sulphate 20.00 Effluent Water 1004.36 Acetone 500.00 (Water-500,generated water- 0 7.71,Sodium chloride-25.20 water from Sodium bicarbonate- 326.25,water from Sodium chloride-90, Pyroglutamic acid- 55.20) Activated carbon 2.50 Spent Carbon 2.50 Water 500.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 20.00 (Sodium Sulfate) 0 Process Emissions 18.76 (Carbon dioxide-18.76) 0 Organic Residue 23.88 Process residue-21.88 Distillation residue-2 (Acetone-2) Total 2627.50 Total 2627.50

Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-5 Batch Size: 250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-4 260.00 Lopinavir(pure) 250.00 Ethanol 500.00 Ethanol Recovery 475.00 Activated carbon 3.50 Ethanol Loss 20.00 Hyflow 5.00 Spent carbon & Hyflow 8.50 Water 500.00 Effluent Water 500.00 (Water-500) 0 Organic Residue 15.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 55

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Process residue-10 Distillation residue-5 (Ethanol-5) Total 1268.50 Total 1268.50

MOXIFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description: Stage-1 Moxifloxacin Q-acid is reacted with 2, 8-Diazobicycloc (4.3.0) nonane in presence of Triethylamine in Acetone and Dimethylformamide to give stage-1 Product. Stage-2 Stage-1 Product reacts with Hydrochloric acid in presence of Methanol to give Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride.

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1

OCH3 H F N

N Acetone + NH +

F COOH N H H O Moxifloxacin Q-acid 2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0)nonane Triethylamine (C H ) N C14H11F2NO4 C7H14N2 2 5 3 101.19 295.24 126.20

H OCH3

N N N . HF N + H H F COOH

O Moxifloxacin Base Triethyl amine Hydrofluoride

C21H24FN3O4 (C2H5)3N.HF 401.43 121.20

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 56

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2: H OCH3 N N Methanol N + HCl H H F COOH O Moxifloxacin Base Hydrochloric acid C21H24FN3O4 36.5 401.43 H OCH3 N N Cl N H H H F COOH O Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride

C21H25FClN3O4 437.89

Flow Chart:

Moxifloxacin Q-Acid 2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0)nonane Triethylamine Stage-1 Acetone Rec Acetone DMF Rec Dimethylformamide

Moxifloxacin Base Hydrochloric acid Stage-2 Methanol Rec Methanol EDTA

MOXIFLOXACIN HDYROCHLORIDE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 57

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance: Material Balance of Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride Stage-1 Batch Size:100Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Moxifloxacin Q-Acid 80.00 Stage-1 97.00 2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0) nonane 34.50 Acetone Recovery 190.00 Triethylamine 27.35 Acetone Loss 10.00 Acetone 200.00 Dimethylformamide Recovery 95.00 Dimethylformamide 100.00 Dimethylformamide Loss 5.00 Organic residue 44.85 Process residue-12.05 (Triethyl amine hydro fluoride- 32.80) Total 441.85 Total 441.85

Material Balance of Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride Stage-2 Batch Size: 100Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Moxifloxacin Base 97.00 Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride 100.00 Hydrochloric acid 10.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 25.00 EDTA 1.00 Effluent Water 1504.00 Activated Carbon 5.00 (Water-1500,EDTA-1,Methanol-3) 0 Water 1500.00 Spent Carbon 5.00 Organic Residue 4.00 Process residue-4 Total 2113.00 Total 2113.00

NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description: Stage-1: 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman undergoes column separation to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2: Stage-1 reacts with Benzyl amine in presence of IPA to give Stage-2 product. Stage-3: Stage-2 reacts with 6-Fluoro-2-o-Oxiranyl-chroman in presence of Methanol to give Stage-3 product.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 58

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4: Stage-3 reacts with Hydrochloric acid in presence of Pd/C to give Nebivolol Hydrochloride. Route of synthesis: Stage-1:

O O O O O O 2 Column + F seperation F F 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman C H FO C11H11FO2 11 11 2 C11H11FO2 388.40 194.20 194.20

Stage-2:

O O HN NH2 IPA + O F OH F 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman Benzylamine 2-Benzylamino-1-(6-fluoro-chroman -2-yl)-ethanol C11H11FO2 C7H9N C18H20FNO2 194.20 107.15 301.36

Stage-3:

F O O HN O PhH2C N Methanol OH + O F O OH OH F F 2-Benzylamino-1-(6-fluoro 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl- 2-{Benzyl-[2-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl) -chroman-2-yl)-ethanol chroman -2-hydroxy-ethyl]-amino}-1 -(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol C11H11FO2 C18H20FNO2 194.20 C29H31F2NO4 301.36 495.56

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 59

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4:

O N CH OH 3 O + HO HCl + H2 OH CH3 F

2-{Benzyl-[2-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-2-hydroxy-ethyl] Isopropyl alcohol Hydrogen -amino}-1-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol Hydrochloride 2.00 96.56 C29H31F2NO4 495.56

Pd/C Methanol

CH3 O HN CH3 OH + HO + O OH HCl CH3

F Isopropyl alcohol Toluene Nebivolol Hydrochloride 60.10 92.14 C22H26ClF2NO4 441.90

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 60

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow chart:

Ethyl acetate Recovery 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman Stage-1 Silica gel Effluent water Ethyl acetate

Stage-2 Benzyl amine Stage-2 IPA Rec IPA

Methanol Rec Stage-3 Stage-3 Effluent water 6-Fluro-2-oxiranyl-chroman Methanol

Stage-4 Stage-4 Effluent water Hydrochloric acid Pd/Carbon

NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE Material Balance: Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl Stage-1 Batch Size: 200.00Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman 198.00 Stage-1 96.00 Silicagel 20.00 Hexane Recovery 285.00 Hexane 300.00 Hexane Loss 15.00 Ethyl acetate 300.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 283.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 15.00 Inorganic solid waste 20.00 (Silicagel-20) Organic Residue 104.00 Process residue- 102 (6-Fluoro-2-Oxiranyl-chroman-99) Distillation residue (Ethyl acetate-2) Total 818.00 Total 818.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 61

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl Stage-2 Batch Size:200.00 Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-1 96.00 Stage-2 144.00 Benzylamine 52.90 IPA Recovery 283.00 IPA 300.00 IPA Loss 15.00 Organic Residue 6.90 Process residue-4.9 Distillation residue (IPA-2) Total 448.90 Total 448.90

Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl Stage-3 Batch Size:200.00 Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-2 144.00 Stage-3 230.00 Stage-1 96.00 Methanol Recovery 283.00 Methanol 300.00 Methanol Loss 15.00 DIPE 300.00 DIPE Recovery 285.00 Acetonitrile 250.00 DIPE Loss 15.00 Acetonitrile Recovery 237.50 Acetonitrile Loss 12.50 Organic Residue 12.00 Process residue-10 0 Distillation residue-2 Methanol-2) Total 1090.00 Total 1090.00

Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl Stage-4 Batch Size: 200.00 Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-3 230.00 Nebivolol Hydrochloride 200.00 IPA.HCl 44.62 (Methanol + IPA + Toluene ) 355.38 mixed Solvent Hydrogen 0.92 Methanol Loss 15.00 Palladium Catalyst 2.00 Spent hyflow 7.66 Hyflow 0.50 Organic Residue-7.66 (Process residue-7.66) Methanol 300.00 Total 578.04 Total 578.04

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 62

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

RITONAVIR Process description: Stage-1 (R,Z)-5-Amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one reacts with sodium borohydride in presence of methanol , HCl and water to give (2R)-5-amino-2- (dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol. Stage-2 Stage-1 product reacts with di-tert-butyl oxydiformate in presence of MTBE, Potassium carbonate and HCl to give stage-2 product. Stage-3 Stage-2 product reacts with ammonium farmate in presence of Methanol to give Stage-3 Product. Stage-4 Stage-3 Product reacts with succinic acid in presence of IPA, Acetic acid and sodium hydroxide to give stage-4 product. Stage-5 Step-A Thiourea reacts with 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester in presence of isoamyl nitrite to give stage-5 product. Step-B Step-A product reacts with sodium borohydride in presence of methanol and HCl to give step-B product. Step-C Step-B product reacts with hydrogen in presence of methanol and Pd/C to give step- c product of stage-5. Stage-6 Stage-5 product reacts with 4-Nitro phenyl chloro formate in presence of pyridine and sodium bicarbonate to give stage-6 product. Stage-7 Stage-6 product undergoes condensation with stage-4 product in presence of toluene and methanol to give stage-7 product. Stage-8 Isobutyramide reacts with phosphorus penta sulphide in presence of toluene and sodium hydroxide to give stage-8 product. Stage-9 Stage-8 product reacts with 1,3-dichloro acetone & monomethyl amine in presence of sodium hydroxide and toluene to give stage-9 product. Stage-10 Stage-9 product reacts with (S)-methyl-3-methyl-2-((4-Nitrophenoxy)carbonyl amino)butanoate in presence of LiOH and methanol to give stage-10 product. Stage-11 N-((N-methyl-N-((2-isopropyl-4-thiazolyl)methyl)amino)carbonyl)-L-valine reacts with (1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester of THF to give Ritonavir product.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 63

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-12 Ritonavir undergoes recrystallisation in n-Heptane to give Ritonavir product.

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1

NH2

O N + MSA + NaBH4 + HCl 3H2O

TEA/1,2 DME sodium (R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) Hydrochloric acid 54.06 Borohydride -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one 36.46 37.83 C32H32N2O 460.61

NH2 OH N + 2 H2 H3BO3 + NaCl +

(2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) Boric acid Sodium chloride 4.04 -1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol 61.83 58.44 C32H36N2O 464.64

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 64

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2

NH2 OH N O O

O O O MTBE + + K2CO3 HCl (2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) + Water Di-tert-butyl oxydiformate 138.21 -1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol 36.46 C10H18O5 C32H36N2O 218.25 464.64

CH O 3 H N C O CH3

OH CH3 N O H3C CH3 KO O CH3 H O + + CO2 + KCl + 2 (1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy-5 Di Potassium tert- 44.01 74.55 18.02 -phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester butylcarbonate C H KO C37H44N2O3 5 9 3 564.76 156.22

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 65

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-3

O CH H C3H N C O 3 CH3 OH N

+ H2 Methanol + H4NO O (1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3- Ammonium formate 2.02 hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester CH5NO2 63.06 C37H44N2O3 564.76

O CH CH H C3H 3 N C O 3 CH 3 + CO OH + 2 + NH3 H2N

Carbondioxide Ammonia (4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy- Toluene 44.01 5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid C7H8 17.03 tert-butyl ester 2X92.14=184.28 C23H32N2O3 384.51

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 66

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4

O CH H C3H N C O 3 CH3 OH O H2N 0.5 HO OH IPA,DMA + O + CH3COOH + NaOH (4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy- Succinic Acid Acetic acid 5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid 40.0 tert-butyl ester C4H6O4 60.05

C23H32N2O3 118.09X0.5=59.045 384.51

O CH3 H CH N C O 3 CH3 O OH HO 0.5 OH H2N O + CH3COONa + H2O Sodium acetate (4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl) 18.02 -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester hemi succinic acid 82.03

C25H35N2O5 443.56 Stage-5 (5HMT) Step-A C2H5O2C O N O Isoamyl nitrite H2N NH2 S C2H5 O + H2O H NH S + Cl 2 Thiourea 2-Chloro-3-oxo-propionic 2-Amino-thiazole-5-carboxylic 18.02 acid ethyl ester CH4N2S acid ethyl ester C H ClO 76.12 5 7 3 C6H8N2O2S + HCl 150.56 172.20 Hydrogen Chloride 36.46

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 67

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Step-B

C2H5O2C

N S + NaBH + HCl + Methanol 4 3H2O

NH2

2-Amino-thiazole-5-carboxylic Sodium Borohydride Hydrochloric acid 54.05 acid ethyl ester 37.83 36.46 C6H8N2O2S 172.20 OH

N S + H3BO3 + NaCl + C H OH + 2 5 2 H2

NH2

(2-Amino-thiazol-5-yl)-methanol Boric acid Sodium chloride Ethanol 4.03 58.44 C4H6N2OS 61.83 46.07 130.17 Step-C

S N + H2 S N + HO NH3

NH2 Pd/C,Methanol 5-Hydroxymethylthiazole Ammonia (2-Amino-thiazol-5-yl)-methanol 2.02 (5HMT) 17.03 C H NOS C4H6N2OS 4 5 130.17 115.15

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 68

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-6 O O C Cl O N O C O S HO N + Pyridine + NaHCO3 S NO2 NO2 5-Hydroxymethyl thiazole 4-Nitro phenyl Sodium chloro formate Bicarbonate Carbonic acid,4-Nitrophenyl- C4H5NOS 5-thiazolyl methyl ester 84.01 C7H4O4ClN 115.15 C11H8O5N2S 201.56 280.26

+ NaCl + CO2 + H2O Sodium chloride Carbon dioxide 18.02 58.44 44.0

Stage-7

O N O O C O H CH3 S N C O CH3 CH3 O OH 1 HO H2N /2 OH O NO2 + Carbonic acid,4-Nitro (4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5- phenyl-5-thiazolyl methyl ester phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester C11H8O5N2S hemi succinic acid

280.26 C25H35N2O5 443.55

S O H CH3 N CH3 O N C O OH CH3 O OH O HN 1 HO /2 OH + NO2 + O

(1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-4-Nitro-phenol Hemisuccinic acid pentyl)-carbamic acid thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester C6H5NO3 C2H3O2 139.11 59.04 C28H35N3O5S 525.66

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 69

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-8 H C S H C O 3 3 5

5 H C NH H3C NH2 3 2 + 1/2 P4S10 + 6 NaOH Isobutyramide Phosphorus penta 6X40=240 Thioisobutyramide sulphide C4H9NO C4H9NS 5 X 87.12 = 435.6 1/2 X 444.55 5X103.19=515.95 = 222.27

+ 2 Na3PO4 + 3 H2O

Sodium Phosphate 3X18=54

2X163.94 = 327.88 Stage-9

O H3C S

+ + CH NH + 3 NaOH + Cl Cl 3 2 NH Cl H3C NH2 4 Thioisobutyramide 1,3-dichloro acetone Monomethyl Sodium Ammonium Hydroxide C4H9NS C3H4OCl2 Amine Chloride 103.19 126.97 31.06 3X40=120.0 53.49

S CH3

H N N CH 3 + 3 NaCl + H3C NH3 + 4 H2O

1-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)- Sodium Ammonia 72.06 N-methyl methanamine Chloride 17.03 C8H14N2S 175.33 170.28

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 70

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-10 O O O S CH3 + - N H O HN N N CH3 H3C + O O + LiOH + HCl

1-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)- (S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- 23.95 36.46 N-methyl methanamine ((4-Nitrophenoxy)

C8H14N2S carbonyl amino) butanoate 170.28 C13H16N2O6 296.28

H3C CH3 CH3 N OH H3C NH S N O O N OH + H3C O + 2 LiCl + CH3OH (S)-2-(3-((2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)-3- 4-Nitro-phenol 32.04 methylureido)-3-methylbutanoic acid 42.39 C6H5NO3 C14H23N3O3S 139.1 313.42

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 71

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-11

S O CH N H 3 N CH3 O N C O HN CH S 3 N O O OH O HO HN + THF N-((N-methyl-N-((2-isopropyl- (1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- 4-thiazolyl)methyl) 2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid amino)carbonyl)-L-valine Thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester C14H23N3O3S C28H35N3O5S 313.42 525.66

O O N N H HO NH O S N O N N H S OH + + CO2 Tert butanol Ritanovir 44.0 C4H10O C37H48N6O5S2 720.94 74.12 Stage-12

O O O O N N N N H n-Heptane HO NH H HO NH O O S S N N O N O N N N H S H S

Ritanovir crude Ritanovir Pure

C37H48N6O5S2 C37H48N6O5S2 720.94 720.94

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 72

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow chart:

(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one Sodium Boro Hydride Stage-1 Methanol Recovery Hydrochloric Acid Methanol Stage-1 Di -tert-Butyl oxydiformate Methanol Recovery Potassium carbonate Stage-2 MTBE MTBE Recovery Methanol

Stage-2 Ammonium Formate Methanol Stage-3 Methanol Recovery

Stage-3 Succinic acid Acetic acid IPA Recovery Sodium hydroxide Stage-4 DMA Recovery IPA DMA Thiourea 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester Stage-5 Methanol Recovery Sodium boro hydride Iso amyl ntrite Recovery Hydrochloric acid Hydrogen Iso amyl nitrite Methanol Palladium on Carbon Stage-5 4-nitro phenyl chloro formate Sodium bi carbonate Stage-6 Toluene Recovery Pyridine Ethyl aceate Recovery Ethyl acetate Toluene

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 73

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-6 Stage-4 Toluene Recovery Stage-7 Methanol Methanol Recovery Toluene

Iso butyramide Phosphorus pentasulfide Sodium hydroxide Stage-8 Toluene Recovery Toluene

Stage-8 1,3-Dichloro acetone Mono methyl amine Sodium hydroxide Stage-9 Toluene Recovery Ammonium chloride Toluene Stage-9 (S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4-Nitrophenoxy) carbonyl amino) butanoate Stage-10 Methanol Recovery Lithium hydroxide Hydrochloric acid Methanol Stage-10 Methanol Recovery Stage-11 Stage-7 THF Recovery THF Methanol

Stage-11 n-Heptane Activated carbon Stage-12 n-Heptane Recovery hyflow

Ritonavir

Material Balance Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-1 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg (R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl 238.00 Stage-1 228.00 amino) -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en- 3-one Sodium Boro Hydride 19.50 Methanol Recovery 475.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 74

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Hydrochloric Acid 18.80 Methanol loss 15.00 Methanol 500.00 Effluent water 834.03 Water 800.00 (Water-772.16 0 Boric acid-31.89 sodium chloride-29.98) Process emission 1.90 (Hydrogen-1.90) 0 Organic Residue 22.37 Process Residue-12.37 Distillation Residue-10 (Methanol -10) Total 1576.30 Total 1576.30

Material Balance RitonavirStage-2 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-1 228.00 Stage-2 262.00 Di –tert-Butyl oxydiformate 107.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Potassium carbonate 67.72 Methanol loss 15.00 MTBE 400.00 MTBE recovery 380.00 Methanol 500.00 MTBE loss 8.00 Hydrochloric acid 17.78 Effluent water 921.74 Water 800.00 (Water-800, Generated 0 water-8.66 dipotassium tert-butyl carbonate-76.60 , Potassium chloride-36.48) Process emission 21.43 (Carbon dioxide-21.43) 0 Organic Residue 37.33 Process Residue-15.33 Distillation Residue-22 (Methanol -10,MTBE-12) Total 2120.50 Total 2120.50

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-3 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-2 262.00 Stage-3 169.00 Ammonium Formate 29.00 Methanol Recovery + 560.40 Toluene Recovery 85.40 Hydrogen gas 0.78 Methanol loss 15.00 Methanol 500.00 Effluent water 800.00 Water 800.00 (Water-800) 0 Process emission 28.03 (Carbon dioxide-20.17 0

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 75

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Ammonia-7.86) Organic Residue 19.35 Process Residue-9.35 Distillation Residue-10 (Methanol -10) Total 1591.78 Total 1591.78

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-4 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-3 169.00 Stage-4 184.00 Succinic acid 25.85 IPA Recovery 475.00 Acetic acid 26.35 IPA loss 15.00 Sodium hydroxide 17.58 DMA Recovery 475.00 IPA 500.00 DMA loss 15.00 DMA 500.00 Effluent water 643.77 Water 600.00 (Water-600, 0 Generated water-7.78, Sodium Acetate-35.99) Organic Residue 31.01 Process Residue-11.01 Distillation Residue-20 (IPA -10,DMA-10) Total 1838.78 Total 1838.78 Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-5 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Thiourea 40.00 Stage-5 50.00 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionicacid 79.00 Methanol Recovery + Ethanol- 497.42 ethyl ester 22.42 Sodium boro hydride 18.40 Methanol loss 15.00 Hydrochloric acid 17.72 Iso amyl ntrite Recovery 285.00 Hydrogen 0.90 Iso amyl nitrite loss 6.00 Iso amyl nitrite 300.00 Spent palladium on carbon 10.00 Methanol 500.00 Effluent Water 691.78 Palladium on Carbon 10.00 (Water-633.15 0 Generated water-9.44 Sodium chloride-28.48, Boric acid-30.15) Water 650.00 Process emission 28.86 (Ammonia-7.80 0 Hydrogen-1.94 Hydrogen chloride-19.12) Organic Residue 31.96 (Process Residue-12.96

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 76

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Distillation Residue-19 (Methanol -10,Iso amyl Nitrite - 9) Total 1616.02 Total 1616.02

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-6 Batch Size:100.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-5 50.00 Stage-6 116.00 4-nitro phenyl chloro formate 87.50 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Sodium bi carbonate 36.45 Toluene loss 10.00 Pyridine 10.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 475.00 Ethyl acetate 500.00 Ethyl acetate loss 10.00 Toluene 500.00 Effluent water 553.15 Water 500.00 (Water-500, 0 Generated water-7.80, Sodium chloride-25.35 Pyridine-10 Toluene-5, Ethyl acetate -5) Process emission 19.10 (Carbon dioxide-19.10) 0 Organic Residue 25.70 Process Residue-5.70 Distillation Residue-20 (Toluene -10,Ethylacetate-10) Total 1683.95 Total 1683.95

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-7 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-6 116.00 Stage-7 205.00 Stage-4 184.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Methanol 500.00 Toluene loss 10.00 Toluene 500.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Water 1000.00 Methanol loss 15.00 Effluent water 1029.36 (Water-1000, 0 Hemi succnic acid-24.36, Toluene-5) Organic Residue 90.64 (Process Residue-70.64 Organic impurities -13.11 (4-nitrophenol-57.53) Distillation Residue-20 (Toluene -10,Methanol-10)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 77

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Total 2300.00 Total 2300.00

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-8 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Iso butyramide 40.00 Stage-8 45.00 Phosphorus pentasulfide 20.40 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Sodium hydroxide 22.00 Toluene loss 10.00 Toluene 500.00 Effluent water 540.00 Water 500.00 (Water-500, 0 Generated water-4.92, Sodium phosphate-30.08, Toluene-5) Organic Residue 12.40 Process Residue-2.40 Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene -10) Total 1082.40 Total 1082.40

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-9 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-8 45.00 Stage-9 70.00 1,3-Dichloro acetone 55.35 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Mono methyl amine 13.50 Toluene loss 10.00 Sodium hydroxide 52.30 Effluent water 912.87 Ammonium chloride 23.30 (Water-800, 0 Generated water-31.42 Sodium chloride-76.45, Toluene-5) Toluene 500.00 Process emission 7.42 Water 800.00 (Ammonia -7.42) 0 Organic Residue 14.16 Process Residue-4.16 Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene -10) Total 1489.45 Total 1489.45

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-10 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-9 70.00 Stage-10 122.00 (S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4- 122.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 78

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Nitrophenoxy) carbonyl amino) butanoate Lithium hydroxide 9.80 Methanol loss 10.00 Hydrochloric acid 14.98 Toluene Recovery 285.00 Methanol 500.00 Toluene Loss 10.00 Toluene 300.00 Effluent water 520.36 Water 500.00 (Water-500, 0 Lithium chloride- 17.36,Toluene-3) Organic Residue 94.42 (Process Residue-77.42 Organic impurities-20.3 (4-Nitro phenol-57.12) Distillation Residue-17 (Methanol-15,Toluene-2) Total 1516.78 Total 1516.78

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-11 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-10 122.00 Stage-11 265.00 Stage-7 205.00 THF Recovery 475.00 THF 500.00 THF loss 15.00 Methanol 400.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00 Water 500.00 Methanol loss 10.00 Effluent water 528.80 (Water-500, 0 tert Butanol-28.80) Process emission 17.08 (carbon dioxide-17.08) 0 Organic Residue 36.12 Process Residue-16.12 Distillation Residue-20 (THF-10,Methanol-10) Total 1727.00 Total 1727.00

Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-12 Batch Size:250.0 Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-11 265.00 Ritonavir 250.00 n-Heptane 500.00 n-Heptane Recovery 475.00 Activated carbon 10.00 n-Heptane loss 10.00 hyflow 5.00 Effluent water 500.00 Water 500.00 (Water-500) 0 Spent carbon & hyflow 15.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 79

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Organic Residue 30.00 Process Residue-15 Distillation Residue-15 (n-Heptane -15) Total 1280.00 Total 1280.00

SILDENAFIL CITRATE Process Description: Stage-1 Step-A 5-Propyl-2H pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid ethyl ester reacts with Dimethyl sulphate in presence of MDC and Methanol to give Step-A Product. Step-B Step-A Product reacts with Sodium hydroxide in presence of Methanol to give Stage- 2 Product. Stage-2 Stage-1 Product reacts with Nitric acid in presence of Sulfuric acid and water to give stage-2 Product. Stage-3 Stage-2 Product reacts with Thionyl chloride and Ammonium Hydroxide to give Stage-3 product. Step-4 Stage-3 Product reacts with stannous chloride in presence of Ethanol and HCl to give Stage-4 Product. Stage-5 Stage-4 Product reacts with 2-Ethoxy benzoyl chloride in presence of MDC to give Stage-5 Product. Stage-6 Stage-5 Product reacts with 5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)1—methyl-3-propyl-1,6- dihydro-pyrazol[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one in presence of Methanol to give stage-6 Product. Stage-7 Stage-6 Product reacts with Chloro sulfonic acid in presence of Methanol to give stage-7 Product. Stage-8 Stage-7 product condensed with 1-Methyl piperazine in presence of Toluene to give stage-8 Product. Stage-9 Stage-8 product undergoes salt formation with citric acid in presence of Methanol to give Sildenafil Citrate.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 80

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Step-A O H N H3C O N O CH3 H3CO S OCH3 Methanol, MDC + O 5-Propyl-2H-pyrazole Dimethyl sulphate -3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester C H O S C H N O 2 6 4 9 14 2 2 126.13 182.22 O CH3 H C O N 3 N O CH3 H3CO S OH + O 2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole- Methyl bisulfate 3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester CH4O4S C10H16N2O2 112.11 196.25

Step-B

O O CH3 CH3 N N HO H3C O N N CH CH3 3 + NaOH 2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole- 40.0 2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole- 3-carboxylic acid 3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester C8H12N2O2 C10H16N2O2 168.19 196.25

+ CH3CH2ONa Sodium ethoxide 68.05

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 81

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2 O O CH3 CH3 N N HO HO N N CH3 CH3 O2N + HNO3 2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H- Nitric acid 2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl- pyrazole-3- 2H-pyrazole-3- 63.01 carboxylic acid carboxylic acid C8H12N2O2 C8H11N3O4 168.19 213.19

+ H2O 18.02

Stage-3

O CH3 N HO N

CH3 NH OH + SOCl2 O2N + 4

2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl- Ammonium hydroxide Thionyl chloride 2H-pyrazole-3- 35.05 118.97 carboxylic acid C8H11N3O4 213.19

O CH3 N H2N N

CH3 2 HCl + H O O2N + SO2 + 2

2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl- 64.06 2X36.5=73.0 18.02 2H-pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid amide

C8H12N4O3 212.21

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 82

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4

O CH3 N H2N N Ethanol CH3 SnCl O2N + 2 + 2 HCl

2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl- Stannous chloride 2X36.5=73.0 2H-pyrazole-3- 189.62 carboxylic acid amide C8H12N4O3 212.22 O CH3 N H2N N

CH3 H2N + SnCl4 + O2 Stannic chloride 4-Amino-2-methyl-5-propyl- 32.0 2H-pyrazole- 260.52 3-carboxylic acid amide

C8H14N4O 182.22

Stage-5

H N O 2 CH3 O O O N N CH3 N Cl N H2N H CH N + 3 + HCl O O CH3 H2N CH3 CH3 4-Amino-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H- 2-Ethoxy-benzoyl 4-(2-Ethoxy-benzoylamino)-2- Hydrogen pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid amide chloride methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole- chloride 3-carboxylic acid amide C9H9ClO2 36.5 C H N O 8 14 4 C H N O 184.62 17 22 4 3 182.22 330.38

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 83

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-6

O H2N O CH CH3 3 N O N HN N N N N CH3 H CH3 O O

CH 3 Methanol CH3 + H2O 4-(2-Ethoxy-benzoylamino)-2- 5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl 18.02 methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole- -3-propyl-1,6-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-d] 3-carboxylic acid amide pyrimidin-7-one C H N O 17 22 4 3 C17H20N4O2 330.38 312.37

Stage-7

O O CH CH3 3 N HN N HN N OH O O N S N Cl N CH CH3 + O S O 3 O Cl O

CH CH3 3 4-Ethoxy-3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-6,7- 5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl Chloro Sulfonic acid dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)- -3-propyl-1,6-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-d] ClHO3S benzenesulfonyl chloride pyrimidin-7-one 116.52 C H ClN O S C17H20N4O2 17 19 4 4 410.88 312.37 + H2O 18.02

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 84

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-8

O CH3 HN N O O N S N Cl CH3

O NH N CH3 H C + 3

4-Ethoxy-3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-6,7- 1-Methyl-piperazine dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)- C5H12N2 benzenesulfonyl chloride 100.16 C17H19ClN4O4S 410.88 O CH3 N HN O O N S N N CH3

N O

H3C CH3 + HCl

Sildenafil 36.46

C22H30N6O4S 474.58

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 85

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-9

O CH3 N HN O O N S N O OH N CH3 HO N O HO OH H C O Methanol 3 O CH3 +

Sildenafil Citric acid C6H8O7 C22H30N6O4S 192.12 474.58

O CH3 N HN O O N S N N CH3 O OH N O . HO H3C CH3 HO OH O O

Sildenafil Citrate

C28H38N6O11S 666.70

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 86

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow chart: 4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester Di methylsulphate Methanol Recovery Methylene di chloride Stage-1 Methylene di chloride Recovery Methanol Sodium hydroxide

Stage-1 Nitric acid Stage-2 Effluent Water Sulfuric acid

Stage-2 Thionyl chloride Stage-3 Effluent water Ammonium Hydroxide

Stage-3 Stannous Chloride Ethanol Recovery Hydrochloric acid Stage-4 Ethanol Toluene Recovery Toluene

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 87

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4 2-Ethoxy-benzoyl Stage-5 MDC Recovery chloride MDC

Stage-5 Methanol Recovery Stage-6 Methanol Toluene Recovery Toluene

Stage-6 Toluene Recovery Chloro sulfonic acid Stage-7 Effluent Water Toluene

Stage-7 1-methyl-piperazine Stage-8 Toluene Recovery Toluene Effluent Water

Stage-8 Citric acid Methanol Recovery Methanol Stage-9 Activated Carbon Effluent Water Hyflow

Sildenafil Citrate

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 88

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance:

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-1 Batch size : 500kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg 4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic Stage-1 297.00 375.00 acid ethyl ester Di methylsulphate 259.50 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Methylene di chloride 800.00 Methanol Loss 15.00 Methanol 500.00 Methylene di chloride Recovery 760.00 Sodium hydroxide 78.35 Methylene di chloride Loss 24.00 Water 425.00 Effluent water 789.17 (Water-425, Sodium methoxide- 0

133.55 Methyl bi sulfate-230.62) Organic residue 77.68 Process residue-51.68 Organic impurities-51.68

Distillation residue- 26 (MDC-16, Methanol-10) Total 2437.85 Total 2437.85

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-2 Batch size : 500kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-1 297.00 Stage-2 338.00 Nitric acid 112.00 Effluent Water 431.78 300.00 (Water-400,Generatedwater- 0 Sulfuric acid 31.78) Water + Ice 400.00 Spent Sulfuric acid 300.00 Organic residue 39.22 Process residue-39.22 Total 1109.00 Total 1109.00

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-3 Batch size : 500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-2 338.00 Stage-3 302.00 Thionyl chloride 188.60 Effluent water 328.39 (Water-300, Ammonium Hydroxide 55.45 Generatedwater-28.39) Ice + Water 300.00 Process emission 217.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 89

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

(Sulfur dioxide-101.40,

Hydrogen chloride-115.6) Organic residue 34.66 Process residue-34.66 Total 882.05 Total 882.05

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-4 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-3 302.00 Stage-4 233.00 Stannous Chloride 269.65 Ethanol Recovery 475.00 Hydrochloric acid 103.58 Ethanol Loss 15.00 Ethanol 500.00 Toluene Recovery 570.00 Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00 Water 300.00 Effluent Water 675.55 (Water-300,Stannicchloride- 0

370.55, Toluene-5) Process Emission 45.30 (Oxygen-45.30) 0 Organic Residue 49.38 Process residue-26.38 Distillation Residue-23 (Ethanol-10, Toluene-13) Total 2075.23 Total 2075.23

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-5 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-4 233.00 Stage-5 380.00 2-Ethoxy-benzoyl chloride 236.00 MDC Recovery 570.00 MDC 600.00 MDC Loss 12.00 Water 500.00 Effluent Water 500.00 (Water-500) 0 Process Emission 46.60 (Hydrogen Chloride-46.60) 0 Organic Residue 60.40 Process residue-42.40 Distillation residue-18 (MDC-18) Total 1569.00 Total 1569.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 90

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-6 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-5 380.00 Stage-6 323.00 Methanol 500.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Toluene 600.00 Methanol Loss 10.00 Water 300.00 Toluene Recovery 570.00 Toluene Loss 12.00 Effluent Water 325.52 (Water-300,Generatedwater- 0

20.52, Toluene-5) Organic Residue 64.48 Process residue-36.48 Distillation residue- 28 (Methanol-15, Toluene-13) Total 1780.00 Total 1780.00

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-7 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-6 323.00 Stage-7 382.00 Chloro sulfonic acid 120.45 Toluene Recovery 570.00 Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00 Water 300.00 Effluent Water 323.42 (Water-300,Generated water- 0

18.42, Toluene-5) Organic Residue 56.03 Process residue-43.03 Distillation residue-13 (Toluene-13) Total 1343.45 Total 1343.45

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-8 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-7 382.00 Stage-8 396.00 1-methyl-piperazine 92.82 Toluene Recovery 570.00 Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00 Water 300.00 Effluent Water 305.00 (Water-300, Toluene-5) 0

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 91

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Process emission 33.62 (Hydrogen Chloride-33.62) 0 Organic Residue 58.20 Process residue-45.20 Distillation residue- 13 (Toluene-13) Total 1374.82 Total 1374.82

Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-9 Batch size:500.00kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in kg in kg Stage-8 396.00 Sildenafil Citrate 500.00 Citric acid 160.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 10.00 Activated Carbon 10.00 Effluent Water 300.00 Hyflow 5.00 (Water-300) 0 Water 300.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 15.00 Organic Residue 71.00 Process residue-56, Distillation residue- 15 (Methanol-15) Total 1371.00 Total 1371.00

VALSARTAN

Process Description: Stage-1 Step-A: L-Valine reacts with Thionyl chloride in presence of Toluene to give Step-A product. Step-B: Step-A Product reacts with Methanol in presence of water to give Stage-1 Product. Stage-2: Stage-1 product reacts with 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile in presence of Toluene to give Stage-2 product. Stage-3 Stage-2 product reacts with Valeryl chloride in presence of Toluene to give Stage-3 product. Stage-4 Stage-3 product reacts with Sodium azide, Tri butyl tin chloride undergoes Hydrogenation in presence of Toluene, MDC and n-Hexane t give Valsartan. Route of Synthesis:

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 92

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-1

Step-A

NH2 NH2 H C OH Toluene H3C Cl 3 + SO + SOCl2 Cl 2 H CH3 O CH3 O

L-Valine Thionyl Chloride 2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl chloride 64.06 118.97 hydrochloride C5H11NO2 C5H11Cl2NO 117.15 172.0 5 Step-B

NH2 NH2 H3C OCH3 H3C Cl Methanol Cl + HCl Cl + CH3OH H H CH3 O CH3 O

2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl 32.04 2-Amino-3-methyl-butyric Acid 36.46 chloride methyl ester hydrochloride hydrochloride C6H14NO2Cl C5H11Cl2NO 167.63 172.05

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 93

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-2

NH2

H3C OCH3 Toluene Cl + + K2CO3 H CH3 O Br

2-Amino-3-methyl-butyric Acid 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl- Potassium Carbonate methyl ester hydrochloride 2-carbonitrile C H NO Cl 138.21 6 14 2 C14H10BrN 167.63 272.14

+ KBr + KCl + CO2 + H2O NH

O 18.0 2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]- 119.0 74.55 44.0 3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester

C20H22N2O2 322.40

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 94

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-3 N

O Toluene NH + + NaHCO3 O Cl

O 2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]- Valeryl Chloride Sodium bicarbonate 3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester

C20H22N2O2 C5H9ClO 84.0 322.40 120.58

O O

N + NaCl + CO2 + H2O O

2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-pentanoyl-amino]- 58.44 44.0 18.0 3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester

C25H30N2O3 406.52

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 95

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Stage-4

O O Cl Sn N + H2 + NaN3 + O

2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-pentanoyl- Sodium Tributyl tin chloride amino]-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester Hydrogen Azide C25H30N2O3 2.0 65.0 C12H27ClSn 406.52 325.5 MDC Toluene

N HN N N

H C N 3 NaCl + Sn + O OH O

Valsartan Tributyl methyl stannane 58.46

C24H29N5O3 C13H30Sn 435.5 305.0

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 96

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Flow-Chart L-Valine Thionyl Chloride Methanol Methanol Recovery Toluene Stage-1 Toluene Recovery

Stage-1 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl- 2-carbonitrile Potassium carbonate Toluene Recovery Stage-2 Toluene Effluent water

Stage-2 Valeryl Chloride Toluene TEA Toluene Recovery Sodium bicarbonate Stage-3 Effluent water Sodium Sulphate Stage-3 Sodium Azide Tri butyl tin chloride Xylene Recovery Hydrogen MDC Recovery Stage-4 Sodium hydroxide Toluene Recovery Xylene Effluent watetr Toluene MDC N-Hexane Activated Carbon VALSARTAN

Material Balance: Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-1 Batch Size: 500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg L-Valine 154.00 Stgae-1 208.00 Thionyl Chloride 157.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00 Methanol 541.00 Methanol Loss 10.00 Toluene 400.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00 Toluene Loss 10.00 Process Emission 130.83 (Sulfur dioxide-84.21, Hydrogen 0 Chloride-46.62) Organic Residue 38.17

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 97

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Process residue -13.17, Distillation residue -25 (Methanol-15, Toluene-10) Total 1252.00 Total 1252.00

Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-2 Batch Size: 500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-1 208.00 Stage-2 390.00 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2- 338.00 Toluene Recovery 570.0 carbonitrile Potassium carbonate 172.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 Toluene 600.00 Effluent Water 1067.48 Water 800.00 (Water-800,Generated water-22.33, 0 Potassium chloride-92.50, Potassium Bromide-147.65, Toluene-5) Process Emission 54.60 (Carbon dioxide-54.60) 0 Organic Residue 15.92 Process residue -10.92 Distillation residue -5 (Toluene-5) Total 2118.00 Total 2118.00

Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-3 Batch Size: 500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-2 390.00 Stage-3 480.00 Valeryl Chloride 146.00 Toluene Recovery 665.00 Toluene 700.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 TEA 20.00 Effluent Water 820.77 Sodium bicarbonate 102.00 (Water-700,Generated water- 0 21.77, Sodium chloride-71, TEA- 20,Toluene-8) Sodium Sulphate 10.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 10.00 Water 700.00 (Sodium Sulphate) 0 Process Emission 53.22 (Carbon dioxide-53.22) 0 Organic Residue 19.01 Process residue -12.01 Distillation residue -7 (Toluene-7) Total 2068.00 Total 2068.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 98

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-4 Batch Size: 500Kg Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Stage-3 480.00 Valsartan Pharma 500.00 Sodium Azide 77.00 Toluene Recovery 665.00 Tri butyl tin chloride 385.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 Hydrogen 2.50 MDC Recovery 475.00 Sodium hydroxide 20.00 MDC Loss 15.00 Xylene 240.00 Xylene Recovery 228.00 Toluene 700.00 Xylene Loss 12.00 MDC 500.00 N-Hexane Recovery 190.00 N-Hexane 200.00 N-Hexane Loss 10.00 Activated Carbon 10.00 Effluent Water 1087.00 Water 1000.00 (Water-1000, Sodium Chloride- 0 69,Toluene-8, Acetic Acid-10) Spent Carbon 10.00 Organic Residue 402.50 Process residue –385.50 Organic Impurities-25.50 (Tri butyl-methyl –stannane-360) Distillation residue- 17 (Toluene-7, MDC-10) Total 3614.50 Total 3614.50

2.7 POLLUTION LOAD Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is given in below Table 2.4

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 99

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2.4: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS IN KG PER DAY Solid waste Details in Emissions in Producti Effluent in kg/day Distillat Kg/day Kg/day S on ion Product Inorgan Organi N capacity Spent Residu Name Water Water In ics cs Total Inorga Proces Fugitiv o kg/ TDS COD HTDS LTDS Organic carbo e in Kg Input Effluent in in Effluent nic s e Month n /Day water water Atorvastatin 1 10000 2333.33 2329.76 4.67 48.28 4.67 42.35 0.00 2382.71 2382.71 82.06 0.00 6.00 4.67 0.00 48.00 Calcium Dapoxetine 2 4000 2800.00 2817.64 185.19 0.00 185.19 0.00 1936.16 1066.67 3002.83 33.41 53.33 0.00 1.33 74.92 169.33 Hydrochloride D- 3 5000 2083.33 2083.33 0.00 2.50 0.00 2.61 0.00 2085.83 2085.83 18.93 0.83 12.50 5.83 0.00 22.50 penicillamine Duloxetine 4 5000 2750.00 2740.00 26.92 71.48 26.92 151.92 2838.39 0.00 2838.39 14.28 8.33 0.00 15.00 60.53 185.00 Hydrochloride

5 Lansoprazole 10000 1866.67 2034.77 123.80 191.73 123.80 121.41 1206.07 1144.23 2350.30 76.11 205.80 3.33 28.67 101.79 41.33

6 Lopinavir 5000 1366.67 1650.40 370.63 69.33 370.63 195.20 1757.03 333.33 2090.36 73.26 208.60 4.00 62.00 100.60 218.67 Moxifloxacin 7 2000 1000.00 1000.00 0.67 2.00 0.67 3.00 0.00 1002.67 1002.67 32.57 0.00 3.33 0.00 0.00 26.67 hydrochloride 8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 103.80 16.67 0.00 5.00 0.00 85.42 9 Ritonavir 5000 5300.00 5310.59 278.12 61.86 278.12 128.61 4002.19 1648.38 5650.57 174.97 0.00 16.67 128.67 82.55 149.33 1 Sildenafil 15000 3125.00 3224.11 734.72 20.00 734.72 62.60 1464.72 2514.11 3978.83 375.05 0.00 15.00 136.00 342.52 134.00 0 citrate 1 Valsartan 15000 2500.00 2544.10 380.15 51.00 380.15 133.43 2975.25 0.00 2975.25 421.60 10.00 10.00 54.00 238.65 117.00 1 1001.5 1197.2 Total 81000 25125.00 25734.71 2104.85 518.18 2104.85 841.12 16179.82 12177.92 28357.74 1406.05 503.57 70.83 441.17 6 5

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 100

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Pollution loads have been calculated for each product based on chemical reactions, material balance and subsequent process operations to get the required quantity.

2.8 Description of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures

The Predicted Process emissions are SO2, CO2, CH3Cl, HCl, HF, HBr, H2, NH3 & O2 which will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product output.

To meet the environmental standards, double stage scrubbers as a single unit is proposed. During plant operations samples will be collected to check whether process emissions are within limits.

TABLE 2.5: Process Emission details and Treatment Method Quantity In S. No. Name of the Gas Treatment Method Kg/Day 1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution 4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere Diffused by using Nitrogen through 5 Hydrogen 16 Flame arrestor 6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere 8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 101

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE-: 2.6 PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS - PRODUCT WISE Kg Per Day Production S.No. Product Name Capacity Kg/ Month CO2 SO2 H2 HCl O2 HF CH3Cl NH3 HBr

1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 74.92 3 D-penicillamine 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 23.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.52 26.72 0.00 0.00 5 Lansoprazole 10000 0.00 65.00 0.00 36.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 Lopinavir 5000 44.55 0.00 13.40 30.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.00 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 Ritonavir 5000 51.85 0.00 2.56 12.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.39 0.00 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 0.00 101.40 0.00 195.82 45.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 Valsartan 15000 107.82 84.21 0.00 46.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total 81000 227.50 250.61 15.96 322.63 45.30 10.52 26.72 27.39 74.92

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 102

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.9 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS Total water consumption for the proposed project is 134.13 KLD. Water consumption details are given in below Table. No. 2.7

TABLE- 2.7: Proposed Water Consumption details

Water S. No Purpose Input in KLD 1 Process 25.13 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler make up 30.00 4 Cooling towers make up 63.00 5 Scrubbing system 3.00 6 Domestic 5.00 7 Gardening 3.00 Total 134.13

 Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

 Total Fresh water reuirement = 134.13-43.50 = 90.63 KLD

 The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.

TABLE- 2.8: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION IN PROCESS – PRODUCT WISE Water Productioncapa S.No Product Name Input in city kg/ Month kg/day 1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 2333.33 2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 2800.00 3 D-penicillamine 5000 2083.33 4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 2750.00 5 Lansoprazole 10000 1866.67 6 Lopinavir 5000 1366.67 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 1000.00 8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 9 Ritonavir 5000 5300.00 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 3125.00 11 Valsartan 15000 2500.00 Total 81000 25125.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 103

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.10 EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS TABLE-2.9: Expected Effluent generation details Effluent S. No Purpose in KLD 1 Process 28.36 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler Blow down 5.00 Cooling towers blow 4 7.00 down 5 Scrubbing System 3.00 6 Domestic 4.50 Total 52.86

TABLE-2.10: Expected HTDS & LTDS Effluent Generation Details Effluent HTDS LTDS Unit Generation Treatment Method KLD KLD in KLD Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper followed by MEE system. Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00 LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00 Treated effluent is sent to RO, Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00 RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects taken for Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50 salts for disposal to TSDF. Total 19.18 33.68 52.86

The generations of process effluent water HTDS & LTDS and its characteristics are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product output.

The Boiler & Cooling towers blow down water will have TDS less than 5000 mg/l and scrubbing solution will have TDS more than 5000 mg/l. Floor washings and equipment washings will have TDS less than 5000 mg/l.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 104

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE- 2.11 WASTEWATER GENERATIONS IN KGS PER DAY - PRODUCT WISE Production Effluent in kg/day S.No Product Name capacity kg/ Water In Inorganics Organics Total TDS COD HTDS LTDS Month Effluent in water in water Effluent Atorvastatin 1 10000 2329.76 4.67 48.28 4.67 42.35 0.00 2382.71 2382.71 Calcium Dapoxetine 2 4000 2817.64 185.19 0.00 185.19 0.00 1936.16 1066.67 3002.83 Hydrochloride 3 D-penicillamine 5000 2083.33 0.00 2.50 0.00 2.61 0.00 2085.83 2085.83 Duloxetine 4 5000 2740.00 26.92 71.48 26.92 151.92 2838.39 0.00 2838.39 Hydrochloride 5 Lansoprazole 10000 2034.77 123.80 191.73 123.80 121.41 1206.07 1144.23 2350.30 6 Lopinavir 5000 1650.40 370.63 69.33 370.63 195.20 1757.03 333.33 2090.36 Moxifloxacin 7 2000 1000.00 0.67 2.00 0.67 3.00 0.00 1002.67 1002.67 hydrochloride 8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 Ritonavir 5000 5310.59 278.12 61.86 278.12 128.61 4002.19 1648.38 5650.57 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 3224.11 734.72 20.00 734.72 62.60 1464.72 2514.11 3978.83 11 Valsartan 15000 2544.10 380.15 51.00 380.15 133.43 2975.25 0.00 2975.25 Total 81000 25734.71 2104.85 518.18 2104.85 841.12 16179.82 12177.92 28357.74

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 105

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.11 Expected Effluent water charact eristics: Results S. No Parameters Unit Before After treatment treatment 1. pH - 8.5-9.0 6.5 – 8.5 2. HTDS mg/L 29973 700 - 900 3. LTDS mg/L 25103 <500 4. COD mg/L 2621 <250 5. Oil & Grease mg/L 20-25 <10

*We are going to achieve zero discharge system. The effluent water characteristics before treatment are based on calculations. The effluent water after passing through Stripper, MEE, Biological treatment plant & RO plant the expected results after treatment are given in the above table.

2.12 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.

TABLE- 2.12: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Details Organic waste (Process 1 1406 Residue) 2 Spent Carbon 71 Sent to Cement Industries 3 Solvent distillation residue 441 Organic Evaporate ( liquid 4 380 from MEE stripper) SPCB Authorized Agencies for 5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day Reprocessing/Recycling 6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504 8 MEE Salts 2868 SPCB Authorized Agencies for 9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum Reprocessing/Recycling After Detoxification sent back to 10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month suppliers/sent to outside Parties Send back to suppliers for 11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year buyback of New Batteries Solid Waste Details 12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 106

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The expected quantities which are given in the above table based on calculations of each product material balance. The ash from boiler is based on ash percentage in the coal. The used oils and used lead acid batteries quantities are based on usage of respective equipment. The container liners & containers are based on various packing of raw materials.

TABLE- 2.13: SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE PER DAY Solid waste Details in Kg/day Distillation Productioncapacity S.No Product Name Spent Residue in kg/Month Organic Inorganic carbon Kg /Day Atorvastatin 1 10000 82.06 0.00 6.00 4.67 Calcium Dapoxetine 2 4000 33.41 53.33 0.00 1.33 Hydrochloride 3 D-penicillamine 5000 18.93 0.83 12.50 5.83 Duloxetine 4 5000 14.28 8.33 0.00 15.00 Hydrochloride 5 Lansoprazole 10000 76.11 205.80 3.33 28.67 6 Lopinavir 5000 73.26 208.60 4.00 62.00 Moxifloxacin 7 2000 32.57 0.00 3.33 0.00 hydrochloride 8 Nebivolol 5000 103.80 16.67 0.00 5.00 9 Ritonavir 5000 174.97 0.00 16.67 128.67 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 375.05 0.00 15.00 136.00 11 Valsartan 15000. 421.60 10.00 10.00 54.00 Total 81000 1406.05 503.57 70.83 441.17

2.13 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana State Power Distribution Company Limited [TSPDCL]. The power requirement of project will be 2000 KVA.

2.14 UTILITIES TABLE - 2.14: Details of Utilities

S. No Description Capacity 1 Coal fired boiler 2 TPH & 3 TPH 3 D.G. Set 1 x 500 KVA 3 x 200 TR 4 Cooling Towers & 1 x 300 TR Electricity supply from 5 2000 KVA TSPDCL

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 107

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Fuel 6 Coal 15.5 TPD 7 Diesel 80 Liters/Day

2.15 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH Coal fired boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources.

The unit is proposing a 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.

TABLE- 2.15: Emission Characteristic details of proposed Boilers 2.0 TPH Coal fired 3.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Boiler Indian Coal with CV Indian Coal with CV Type of Fuel -- of 4000 kcal/kg to of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50 Ash Content % 35 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 1 Height of stack M 30 30 Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14 Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28

TABLE- 2.16: Stack Emission details of proposed DG Set Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO In dia. Temp. in Height Velocity In KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 In m OC in (m) In m/sec. 500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 108

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.16 DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its state in forming a solution". Details of solvents are given below in a table 2.17.

TABLE 2.17: DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE] Quantity in Kgs/Day

Production Solvent Solvent S.No Product Name capacity Solvent Solvent Solvent in Solvent Name in Kg/Month Input Recovery Loss waste Residue water 1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 Methanol 306.67 288.00 15.33 0.00 3.33 Cyclohexane 133.33 126.67 6.67 0.00 0.00

IPA 200.00 190.67 9.33 0.00 0.00

Acetonitrile 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00

Toluene 133.33 123.33 6.67 2.00 1.33

Total 973.33 918.67 48.00 2.00 4.67

2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 Methanol 353.33 334.67 17.33 0.00 1.33 Diethyl ether 1400.00 1330.67 69.33 0.00 0.00

carbon tetra 333.33 317.33 16.00 0.00 0.00 hydrochloride Ethanol 1066.67 1013.33 53.33 0.00 0.00

Ethyl acetate 133.33 120.00 13.33 0.00 0.00

Total 3286.67 3116.00 169.33 0.00 1.33

3 D-penicillamine 5000 Methanol 333.33 320.83 8.33 0.00 4.17 Toluene 291.67 277.50 10.00 2.50 1.67

EDC 250.00 245.83 4.17 0.00 0.00

Total 875.00 844.17 22.50 2.50 5.83

4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 Ethyl acetate 1300.00 1233.33 65.00 0.00 1.67 MDC 166.67 154.17 8.33 0.00 4.17 Cyclo hexane 316.67 300.83 15.83 0.00 0.00 Toluene 1666.67 1570.83 83.33 3.33 9.17

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 109

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

IPA 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00 Total 3700.00 3496.67 185.00 3.33 15.00 5 Lansoprazole 10000 Toluene 600.00 570.00 16.67 3.33 10.00 MIBK 100.00 93.33 3.33 0.00 3.33 MDC 266.67 253.33 8.00 0.00 5.33 IPA 166.67 158.67 3.33 0.00 4.67 Chloroform 266.67 256.00 8.00 0.00 2.67 Acetone 100.00 95.33 2.00 0.00 2.67 Total 1500.00 1426.67 41.33 3.33 28.67 6 Lopinavir 5000 n-Heptane 166.67 158.67 8.00 0.00 0.00 MTBE 900.00 855.33 44.67 0.00 0.00 Methanol 600.00 570.00 16.67 0.00 13.33 Ethanol 933.33 886.67 30.00 0.00 16.67 THF 600.00 570.00 16.67 0.00 13.33 IPA 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 Ethyl acetate 1066.67 1013.33 42.67 5.33 5.33 MDC 400.00 380.00 8.00 0.00 12.00 Dimethyl acetamide 106.67 101.33 5.33 0.00 0.00 1,2-Dimethoxy 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 ethane DMF 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 Acetone 333.33 315.33 16.67 0.00 1.33 Total 5706.67 5420.67 218.67 5.33 62.00 7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 Acetone 133.33 126.67 6.67 0.00 0.00 DMF 66.67 63.33 3.33 0.00 0.00 Methanol 333.33 316.67 16.67 0.00 0.00 Total 533.33 506.67 26.67 0.00 0.00 8 Nebivolol 5000 Hexane 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00 Ethyl acetate 250.00 235.83 12.50 0.00 1.67 IPA 250.00 235.83 12.50 0.00 1.67 Methanol 500.00 473.33 25.00 0.00 1.67 DIPE 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00 Acetonitrile 208.33 197.92 10.42 0.00 0.00 Total 1708.33 1617.92 85.42 0.00 5.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 110

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

9 Ritonavir 5000 Methanol 2266.67 2153.33 63.33 0.00 50.00 MTBE 266.67 253.33 5.33 0.00 8.00 IPA 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67 DMA 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67 Isoamyl nitrite 200.00 190.00 4.00 0.00 6.00 Toluene 1533.33 1456.67 33.33 15.33 28.00 Ethyl acetate 333.33 316.67 6.67 3.33 6.67 THF 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67 n-Heptane 333.33 316.67 6.67 0.00 10.00 Total 5933.33 5636.67 149.33 18.67 128.67 10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 Methanol 1500.00 1425.00 35.00 0.00 40.00 MDC 1400.00 1330.00 36.00 0.00 34.00 Ethanol 500.00 475.00 15.00 0.00 10.00 Toluene 2400.00 2280.00 48.00 20.00 52.00 Total 5800.00 5510.00 134.00 20.00 136.00 11 Valsartan 15000 Methanol 500.00 475.00 10.00 0.00 15.00 Toluene 2400.00 2280.00 70.00 21.00 29.00 MDC 500.00 475.00 15.00 0.00 10.00 Xylene 240.00 228.00 12.00 0.00 0.00 n-Hexane 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 Total 3840.00 3648.00 117.00 21.00 54.00 Grand Total 33856.67 32142.08 1197.25 76.17 441.17

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 111

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.17 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs (6-Cyanomethyl-2,2- dimethyl- [1,3]dioxan-4- 1 252.00 168.00 yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- isobutyryl-3 phenyl 2 378.50 252.33 -4-oxo-N-phenyl- butyramide 3 Acetonitrile 300.00 200.00 4 Activated carbon 5.00 3.33 5 Calcium acetate 66.82 44.55 6 cyclohexane 200.00 133.33 7 Hydrochloric acid 3.36 2.24 8 Hydrogen 0.68 0.45 9 Hyflow 3.00 2.00 10 IPA 150.00 100.00 11 Isopropylalcohol 150.00 100.00 12 Methanol 460.00 306.67 13 Pivalic acid 2.00 1.33 14 Raney Nickel 1.00 0.67 15 Sodium carbonate 7.00 4.67 Sodium hydroxide 16 33.95 22.63 flakes 17 Toluene 200.00 133.33

DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 1 1-Naphthol 106.00 141.33 3-Phenylpropyl 2 147.00 196.00 bromide Carbon tetra 3 250.00 333.33 hydrochloride 4 Di methyl amine 32.00 42.67 5 Diethyl ether 1050.00 1400.00 6 Ethanol 800.00 1066.67 7 Ethyl acetate 100.00 133.33 8 IPA.HCl 2.00 2.67 9 Methanol 265.00 353.33 10 N-Bromo succinamide 127.00 169.33 11 Potassium hydroxide 42.00 56.00 12 Sodium hydroxide 1.00 1.33 13 Sodium sulphate 40.00 53.33 14 Tartaric acid 51.00 68.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 112 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

D-PENICILLAMINE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 1 Peniloic acid 460.00 383.33 2 Acetic acid 89.55 74.63 3 Activated carbon 15.00 12.50 4 Aniline 139.00 115.83 5 EDC 300.00 250.00 6 Hyflow 1.00 0.83 7 Methanol 400.00 333.33 8 Toluene 300.00 250.00

DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 3-Dimethylamino-1- 1 thiophen-2-yl-propan- 237.00 197.50 1-ol 2 1-FluoroNapthalene 93.00 77.50 3 Cyclo hexane 380.00 316.67 4 Dichloromethane 200.00 166.67 5 DMSO 7.00 5.83 6 Ethyl acetate 1560.00 1300.00 7 Hydrochloric acid 23.00 19.17 8 Isopropyl alcohol 300.00 250.00 9 L(+) Mandelic acid 98.00 81.67 10 Methanol 4.00 3.33 11 Oxalic acid 68.00 56.67 12 Phenyl chloroformate 100.00 83.33 13 Sodium carbonate 5.60 4.67 14 Sodium chloride 10.00 8.33 15 Sodium hydroxide 16.70 13.92 16 Sodium sulfate 10.00 8.33 17 TBAB 3.00 2.50 18 TEA 5.00 4.17 19 Toluene 2000.00 1666.67

LANSOPRAZOLE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 1 2,3-Lutidine 188.00 125.33 1,1,2-Tri Fluoro 2 167.00 111.33 Ethanol 1H-Benzoimidazole- 3 226.00 150.67 2thiol 4 Acetic Acid 46.00 30.67 5 Acetic Anhydride 170.00 113.33

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 113 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

6 Acetone 150.00 100.00 7 Activated Carbon 5.00 3.33 8 Catalyst 1.00 0.67 9 Chloroform 400.00 266.67 10 Hydrogen Chloride 61.00 40.67 Hydrogen Peroxide 11 178.00 118.67 (50%) 12 Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 166.67 13 Methylene Dichloride 400.00 266.67 14 MIBK 150.00 100.00 15 Nitric Acid 111.00 74.00 16 Potassium Carbonate 230.00 153.33 17 Sodium Hydroxide 188.00 125.33 18 Sulfuric Acid 50.00 33.33 19 TEBAC 1.00 0.67 20 Thionyl Chloride 180.00 120.00 21 Toluene 900.00 600.00

LOPINAVIR Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl 1 103.00 85.83 propanoic acid 2 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane 300.00 250.00 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy 3 85.50 71.25 acetyl chloride (DPC) 4 Acetone 500.00 416.67 5 Acetonitrile 58.35 48.63 6 Activated carbon 20.00 16.67 7 Ammonium chloride 200.00 166.67 8 Ammonium formate 29.48 24.57 9 Benzyl chloride 237.00 197.50 Benzyl magnesium 10 85.90 71.58 chloride Citric acid 11 124.85 104.04 monohydrate Citric acid 12 119.70 99.75 monohydrate 13 Dimethyl acetamide 160.00 133.33 14 DMF 300.00 250.00 15 Ethanol 1400.00 1166.67 16 Ethyl acetate 1600.00 1333.33 17 Hydrochloric acid 20.00 16.67 18 Hydrogen gas 3.29 2.74 19 Hyflow 5.00 4.17 20 Imidazole 39.65 33.04 21 IPA 300.00 250.00 22 L-Pyro glutamic acid 57.96 48.30

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 114 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

23 MDC 600.00 500.00 Methane sulphonic 24 7.00 5.83 acid 25 Methanol 900.00 750.00 26 Methyl chloro formate 60.45 50.38 27 MTBE 1350.00 1125.00 28 n-Heptane 250.00 208.33 29 Palladium carbon 20.60 17.17 30 Potassium carbonate 86.00 71.67 31 Raney Nickel 5.00 4.17 32 Sodamide 23.00 19.17 Sodium bicarbonate 33 362.50 302.08 (10%) 34 Sodium Boro hydride 20.65 17.21 35 Sodium chloride 133.20 111.00 36 Sodium sulphate 20.00 16.67 37 THF 900.00 750.00 38 TPA 55.00 45.83 39 Triethyl amine 96.00 80.00 40 Valina 75.00 62.50

MOXIFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 1 Moxifloxacin Q-Acid 80.00 53.33 2,8- 2 Diazobicyclo(4.3.0) 34.50 23.00 nonane 3 Acetone 200.00 133.33 4 Activated Carbon 5.00 3.33 5 Dimethylformamide 100.00 66.67 6 EDTA 1.00 0.67 7 Hydrochloric acid 10.00 6.67 8 Methanol 500.00 333.33 9 Triethylamine 27.35 18.23

NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl- 1 198.00 165.00 chroman 2 Acetonitrile 250.00 208.33 3 Benzylamine 52.90 44.08 4 DIPE 300.00 250.00 5 Ethyl acetate 300.00 250.00 6 Hexane 300.00 250.00 7 Hydrogen 0.92 0.77 9 Hyflow 0.50 0.42

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 115 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10 IPA 300.00 250.00 11 IPA.HCl 44.62 37.18 12 Methanol 600.00 500.00 13 Palladium Catalyst 2.00 1.67 14 Silicagel 20.00 16.67

RITONAVIR Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs (R,Z)-5-amino-2- 1 (dibenzyl amino) -1,6- 238.00 198.33 diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one (S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4-Nitrophenoxy) 2 122.00 101.67 carbonyl amino) butanoate 3 1,3-Dichloro acetone 55.35 46.13 2-chloro-3-oxo- 4 79.00 65.83 propionicacid ethyl ester 4-nitro phenyl chloro 5 87.50 72.92 formate 6 Acetic acid 26.35 21.96 7 Activated carbon 10.00 8.33 8 Ammonium chloride 23.30 19.42 9 Ammonium Formate 29.00 24.17 Di –tert-Butyl 10 107.00 89.17 oxydiformate 11 DMA 500.00 416.67 12 Ethyl acetate 500.00 416.67 13 Hydrochloric Acid 69.28 57.73 14 Hydrogen 1.68 1.40 15 hyflow 5.00 4.17 16 IPA 500.00 416.67 17 Iso amyl nitrite 300.00 250.00 18 Iso butyramide 40.00 33.33 19 Lithium hydroxide 9.80 8.17 20 Methanol 3400.00 2833.33 21 Mono methyl amine 13.50 11.25 22 MTBE 400.00 333.33 23 n-Heptane 500.00 416.67 24 Palladium on Carbon 10.00 8.33 25 Phosphorus pentasulfide 20.40 17.00 26 Potassium carbonate 67.72 56.43 27 Pyridine 10.00 8.33 28 Sodium bi carbonate 36.45 30.38 29 Sodium Boro Hydride 37.90 31.58 30 Sodium hydroxide 91.88 76.57 31 Succinic acid 25.85 21.54

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 116 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

32 THF 500.00 416.67 33 Thiourea 40.00 33.33 34 Toluene 2300.00 1916.67

SILDENAFIL CITRATE Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid 1 375.00 375.00 ethyl ester 2 1-methyl-piperazine 92.82 92.82 3 2-Ethoxy-benzoyl chloride 236.00 236.00 4 Activated Carbon 10.00 10.00 5 Ammonium Hydroxide 55.45 55.45 6 Chloro sulfonic acid 120.45 120.45 7 Citric acid 160.00 160.00 8 Di methylsulphate 259.50 259.50 9 Ethanol 500.00 500.00 10 Hydrochloric acid 103.58 103.58 11 Hyflow 5.00 5.00 12 MDC 600.00 600.00 13 Methanol 1500.00 1500.00 14 Methylene di chloride 800.00 800.00 15 Nitric acid 112.00 112.00 16 Sodium hydroxide 78.35 78.35 17 Stannous Chloride 269.65 269.65 18 Sulfuric acid 300.00 300.00 19 Thionyl chloride 188.60 188.60 20 Toluene 2400.00 2400.00

VALSARTAN Consumption/ Consumption/ S.No. Raw Material Batch in Kgs Day in Kgs 1 L-Valine 154.00 154.00 4-Bromomethyl- 2 338.00 338.00 biphenyl-2-carbonitrile 3 Activated Carbon 10.00 10.00 4 Hydrogen 2.50 2.50 5 MDC 500.00 500.00 6 Methanol 541.00 541.00 7 N-Hexane 200.00 200.00 8 Potassium carbonate 172.00 172.00 9 Sodium Azide 77.00 77.00 10 Sodium bicarbonate 102.00 102.00 11 Sodium hydroxide 20.00 20.00 12 Sodium Sulphate 10.00 10.00 13 TEA 20.00 20.00 14 Thionyl Chloride 157.00 157.00

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 117 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

15 Toluene 6.00 2400.00 16 Tri butyl tin chloride 385.00 385.00 17 Valeryl Chloride 146.00 146.00 18 Xylene 240.00 240.00

2.18 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS, IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF PROPOSED INDUSTRY

1. Aspect: Process gases such as SO2, HCl, HBr, NH3, HF & CH3Cl Emissions, DG Set emissions & Boiler emissions into atmosphere. Impact: Air pollution & Acid precipitation. Mitigation measures: During production process the released gases will be passed through double stage scrubber to scrub the gases with miscible liquid. The scrubber will have polypropylene rings as packing media to increase the contact surface area between gas and scrubbing solution to increase the absorption. Gas and scrubbing solution will pass through the scrubber counter currently.

SO2 gas will be scrubbed with caustic lye solution to convert into sodium

sulphate. In this process the entire SO2 will get scrubbed.

HBr, HF & CH3Cl are scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution. HCl gas will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert into HCl solution.

NH3 will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert into ammonium solution. DG set emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the emission limits within the CPCB limits. As per norms the stack height will be provided around 10 mts to have proper dispersion. In case the limits are crossing the combustion engine will be taken for service. Boiler flue gases emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the flue gases emission limit as per CPCB Standard. The stacks of height 30 m each will be provided to have proper dispersion of flue gases.

2. Aspect: Organic & inorganic impurities from process & inorganic impurities High TDS water & High COD water from utilities, floor washings entering into water stream. Impact: water pollution (contamination of natural resources) Mitigation measures: The generated High & Low TDS water, floor washings will be collected in separate streams at generation point and collected in to

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 118 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

respective dedicated tanks. The high TDS water sent through the MEE System to remove COD and TDS and later passed with Low TDS water through the Biological treatment plant to remove BOD and finally through the RO plant to get reusable water quality. This water will be used for Cooling towers and floor washings etc. This will minimize the fresh water requirement to 90.63 KLD.

3. Aspect: Noise from DG Set, Boiler & Electric motors more than 75 dB. Impact: Noise pollution. Mitigation measure: DG set will have acoustic enclosure and drives will have proper maintenance to minimize vibrations and internal parts servicing to minimize the sound pollution.

4. Aspect: Spillages of chemicals during loading /unloading, Effluent water at ETP Plant, Solvents spillages at storage tanks, spillage of Oils from DG Set & Air compressor/Refrigeration compressor on to the ground. Impact: Soil pollution. Mitigation measure: To avoid any spillage of chemicals the working area of loading & unloading area is barricaded and the floor will be made with acid proof tiling with a slope towards a small pit so as to collect the spilled chemicals in the dedicated pit. This results in avoiding the spillage of chemicals on to the ground. Effluent water will be transferred through the dedicated pipe lines from plant to ETP plant. This will eliminate soil contamination with effluent water. Each solvent storage tank area will have dyke wall and the floor will have cement concrete with slope towards a pit. Hence spillage of solvent will be avoided on to ground. The DG set /Air compressor/refrigeration compressor area will be placed in Utilities building with cement concrete floor. The filling and draining of Oils from respective equipment will be done by trained technical person to avoid any spillage of oil on to the floor/ground.

5. Aspect: Improper Storage of hazardous waste (organic waste, inorganic waste, spent carbon) results in leakage/Spillage on to the ground Impact: Soil pollution Mitigation measure: The hazardous waste in containers will be stored in dedicated area as per its category with proper flooring having slope towards a pit

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 119 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

to collect any spilled material. The entire area will be barricaded with a dyke wall and only authorized personnel will be allowed to do operations in storage area. This avoids soil pollution.

6. Aspect: Establishment of industry may release gases emissions, effluent water leakage to surrounding areas. Impact: 1. Flora & Fauna, Water Bodies, Agriculture & Human habitation. 2. The positive impact is generation of employment to skilled & unskilled people of nearby villages and economic development. Mitigation measure: The industry will have dedicated effluent treatment (MEE, Biological treatment plant, RO system) to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge system. This will eliminate effluent leakage to surrounding area of the plant.

7. Aspect: Improper Storage of Flammable chemicals Methanol, Toluene, Acetone causing leakage of flammable chemical. Impact: presence of ignition source caches fire, risk to plant personnel due to

thermal radiation, release of CO, CO2, toxic gases in to atmosphere and global warming.

Mitigation measure: Each solvent storage tank will have dyke to contain entire contents. This will avoid leakage of solvent to the outside of dyke wall. The tanks will be monitored regularly for any corrosion at valve joints, valve gland leakages. The storage tanks will have fire alarm system. In case if it is catches fire, it will be extinguished with DCP, fire extinguishers and fire hydrant water. This will

minimize the thermal radiation and release of CO, CO2 and toxic gases to the atmosphere.

8. Aspect: ground water extraction for industry Impact: Depletion of water resources Mitigation measure: The industry will conserve rain water by adopting rain water harvesting system in the plant of 7054 m3/ annum.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 120 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

2.19 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE No new or untested technology will be used in the proposed project but the manufacturing process may be altered for better yields after successful lab tests and R&D.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 121

CHAPTER -III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER-III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are required to be monitored after implementation of the project. This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological importance etc.

3.1 STUDY AREA SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed manufacturing unit is located at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana State.

3.1.2 Study Period The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of October to December – 2018.

3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment Scope and Methodology In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical setup, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics, the nature and thickness of underlying rock formations and other related aspects that prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 122 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology adopted is as follows:  Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), Geological Survey of India (GSI) and Indian Meterological Department (IMD) other Institutions and Departments.  Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.  Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.  Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project site.

The field investigations were carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in the road cuttings. Inventory of wells representing the entire watershed area was carried out. Hydrogeological data of about 10 wells was collected. Water levels were measured in the Dug wells and bore wells. Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed bulk drugs manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse effect on the ground water environment.

3.2.1 Geomorphology and Soil Types: The domal (radial) structures are reflected in the geomorphology of the region as elevated circular drainage pattern of the region from which the disposition and various geomorphological units are identified. The soil comprises of red soil, black soil, alkaline soil and alluvium. The red soil constitutes 85 % of the area. Black soil is found over the limestone area, in the southeastern part of the area. Alkaline soil occurs as limited patches in the central part. Alluvial soil occurs along Alair, Musi and Kargal rivers.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 123 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.2.2 Geology The district is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. Hydrogeologically these formations are classified as consolidated (Hard), semi-consolidated (Soft) and unconsolidated (Soft) formations. The consolidated formations include crystallines (khondalites, charnockites and granitic gneisses) and metasediments (Limestones, shales, phyllites and quartzites) of Archaean and Pre-cambrian periods respectively.

3.2.3 Hydrogeology The proposed Bulk Drug Manufacturing unit is located on the upper reaches of the catchment and is over the run off zone. A Third order stream is passing over the northeastern portion of the proposed Project area draining south east. The catchment area of the proposed site is moderate and recharge conditions are good. However, the buffer zone of 10Kms radius has good catchment, excellentand favorable rechargeconditions with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations. A drainage map of the area around the proposed plant is annexed.A drainage map of the area around the project is shown in Figure 3.1.

3.2.4 Groundwater Conditions Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the bedding planes of limestone and limited in the weathered zones. Eleven bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 70-120m. The yield ranges of bore wells were found to be 80-150 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable.

As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.

The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for groundwater extraction for the proposed Bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing unit.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 124 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential (weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams. Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever deviations and new developments are observed.

Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains.

Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The drainage map of study area has showing in figure 3.1.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 125 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler. Drainage Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum Density < 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable 5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable 13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable

Table 3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein Drainage Density Areas Runoff 0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High 1.03 Humid Regions High

Table 3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton Drainage Density Stratum Runoff 0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High < 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low

3.2.6 Drainage Map This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 126 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE PROJECT STUDY AREA Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 127 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region. Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously from Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period (Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018) are given below.

A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 12 °C and 39 °C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 79%

C. Rainfall Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 28.2 mm. Normal annual rainfall is 982 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)

D. Wind pattern Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 128 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. observed during study period is given in Table 3.4 and wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.2. The following observations can be made from the collected data;  Calm period is observed to be 1.9 % during the time of monitoring.  The predominant wind direction is N & NE.  Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in North direction.  Average wind speed 3.5 m/s.  Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec, 0.5 – 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 - 5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages ranges from 27.5, 21.1, & 16.2.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 129 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED Wind Classes (m/s) S. No Wind Directions 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%) 1 N 348.75 - 11.25 4.4 9.6 1.9 0.3 0 0 16.2 2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 3.6 4.8 4.3 0.5 0 0 13.2 3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 4.2 4.3 5 0.6 0 0 14.1 4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 3.4 3.7 2.9 0.1 0 0 10.1 5 E 78.75 - 101.25 3.1 2.6 2 0.2 0 0 7.9 6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 2.9 2.7 0.7 0 0 0 6.3 7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 3.2 2.7 0.8 0 0 0 6.7 8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 2.4 2.1 0.6 0 0 0 5.1 9 S 168.75 - 191.25 0.6 0.8 0.1 0.1 0 0 1.6 10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 1 0.4 0 0 0 0 1.4 11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 0.8 0.1 0 0 0 0 0.9 12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 0.9 0.4 0 0 0 0 1.3 13 W 258.75 - 281.25 1.1 0.2 0.3 0 0 0 1.6 14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 1.5 0.5 0.5 0 0 0 2.5 15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 1.7 0.8 0 0 0 0 2.5 16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 3.2 3.2 0.3 0 0 0 6.7 Sub-Total 38 38.9 19.4 1.8 0 0 98.1 Calms 1.9 Missing/Incomplete 0 Total 100

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 130 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.2: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PERIOD: OCT 2018 – DEC 2018

FIGURE 3.3: WINDROSE DIAGRAM FOR SECONDARY DATA

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 131 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3.5: Comparison of Primary Data (PROJECT SITE) with Secondary Data (IMD DATA) Month Parameter Primary Data Secondary Data October N & NE N, NW & NE Predominant November N & NE N, NW & NE wind direction December N & NE N, NW & NE

IMD DATA 30 years meteorological data for Peddapuram for the period of 1981 to 2010 is collected from nearby IMD station (Kakinada) for Wind speed (kmph), Wind direction (0 to 3600), Ambient Temperature (0C), Relative humidity (%), Rainfall (mm) and Mixing height (m) collected from ATLAS.

Table 3.6: IMD Data for Chinthalapalem, Nandigama IMD Station Temperature, Relative Monthly Predominant Wind (0C) Humidity, (%) Avg. Wind Month Speed Rainfall Direction Max Min Max Min (kmph) (mm) coming from SE, N, S & January 33.4 13.6 84 49 4.6 11.8 NW February 36.6 15.6 81 44 5.3 7.7 SE, S & SW March 39.8 18.2 78 39 7.0 14.1 SE, S & SW April 42.4 21.1 72 39 8.0 13.9 SE, S & SW SE, S, SW & May 44.7 21.8 62 36 8.1 46.2 NW June 42.4 22.0 67 49 7.0 117 SW, W & NW July 38.1 21.8 75 62 6.4 179.8 SW, W & NW August 36.1 21.9 79 68 5.5 225.9 SW, W & NW September 35.8 21.6 82 70 4.2 188.7 SW, W & NW October 34.8 19.7 83 71 4.4 138.3 N, NW & NE November 33.2 15.3 81 64 4.9 28.2 N, NW & NE December 32.2 13.6 82 56 4.2 10.4 N, NW & NE Source: IMD data collected from IMD Nandigama for 1981 to 2010 (30 years)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 132 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The study area represents mostly rural environment. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the following considerations:

 Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale.  Topography of the study area.  Representation of plant site.  Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum.  Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.  Representation of down wind direction.  Representation of upwind direction.  Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.4. The locations of the different stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table 3.7.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 133 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS Distance (km) Direction S.No. Code Name of Sampling Location w.r.t Project w.r.t Project 1 A1 Project Site -- -- Dondapadu (near Sitapurm 2 A2 1.4 WSW Colony) 3 A3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E 4 A4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE 5 A5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE 6 A6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW 7 A7 Budavada 5.6 NNW 8 A8 Jaggayyapeta 7.9 N

The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (Oct 2018 – Dec 2018) at a frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule. The following parameters were monitored in the study area :

 Particulate Matter (PM10)

 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)  Carbon Monoxide (CO)

 Ammonia (NH3)  Volitail Organic Compounds (VOC)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 134 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.4: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 135 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE 3.8: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and 1 Sulphur Dioxide 3 24 hours** 80 80 Gaeke method (SO2) µg/m -Ultraviolet fluorescence Oxides of Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and 2 Nitrogen as NO2 24 hours** 80 80 Hochheise(NaArsenite ) µg/m3 -Chemiluminescence Particulate matter Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric 3 (size Less than 24 hours** 100 100 -TOEM 10µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation Particulate matter Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric 4 (size less than 24 hours** 60 60 -TOEM 2.5 µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation 8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric 5 3 -Chemiluminescence Ozone µg/m 1 hour** 180 180 -Chemical method Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for Lead (Pb) sampling on EPM 2000 6 or Equivalent Filter µg/m3 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper 8 -Non Dispersive Infra 7 Carbon 02 02 3 hours** Red (NDIR) Monooxide mg/m 1 hour ** 04 04 spectroscopy Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence Ammonia (NH3) 8 -Indo-Phenol Blue µg/m3 24 hours** 400 400 method -GC based continuous analyzer 9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05 - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis 10 Benzo(a) pyrene -Solvent extraction (BaP)- Particulate Annual * 01 01 followed by GC/HPLC Phase only ng/m3 extraction AAS/ICP method for 3 sampling on EPM2000 11 Arsenic ng/m Annual * 06 06 OR Equivalent Filter paper 3 -AAS/ICP method for 12 Nickel ng/m Annual * 20 20 sampling on EPM2000

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 136 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas OR Equivalent Filter paper G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW. *Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.

TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 59.1 66.3 66.3 100 Jaggayyapeta 57.2 62.0 61.8 100 Mukteshwarapuram 52.9 58.9 58.7 100 Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 100 Vajinepalli 45.6 65.8 65.5 100 Ramapuram 47.3 61.9 61.5 100 Budavada 38.1 55.0 55.0 100 Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 58.2 69.6 69.3 100

FIGURE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10

3 100 80

µg/m 60

10 40 20 Minimum PM 0 Average 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 137 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 23.7 26.5 26.5 60 Jaggayyapeta 22.9 24.8 24.7 60 Mukteshwarapuram 21.2 23.6 23.5 60 Bugga Madharam 21.4 24.1 23.9 60 Vajinepalli 18.2 26.3 26.2 60 Ramapuram 18.9 24.8 24.6 60 Budavada 15.2 22.0 22.0 60 Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 23.3 27.8 27.7 60

FIGURE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5

70 3 60 50 40 µg/m 30

2.5 20 10 Minimum

PM 0 Average 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Air Quality Monitoring Locations

TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 13.1 14.7 14.7 80 Jaggayyapeta 12.7 13.8 13.7 80 Mukteshwarapuram 11.8 13.1 13.0 80 Bugga Madharam 11.9 13.4 13.3 80 Vajinepalli 10.1 14.6 14.6 80 Ramapuram 10.5 13.8 13.7 80 Budavada 8.5 12.2 12.2 80 Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 12.9 15.5 15.4 80

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 138 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2

90 3 80 70 60 50 µg/m 40 2 30 20 SO 10 0 Minimum Average 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Air Quality Monitoring Locations

TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOX 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 20.5 22.1 22.1 80 Jaggayyapeta 20.1 21.2 21.1 80 Mukteshwarapuram 19.2 20.5 20.4 80 Bugga Madharam 19.3 20.8 20.7 80 Vajinepalli 17.5 22.0 22.0 80 Ramapuram 17.9 21.2 21.1 80 Budavada 15.9 19.6 19.6 80 Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 20.3 22.9 22.8 80

FIGURE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOX

90 3 80 70 60 50 µg/m 40 X 30 20

NO 10 0 Minimum Average 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 139 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 0.66 0.87 0.87 2 Dondapadu (near Sitapurm) 0.21 0.58 0.57 2 Mukteshwarapuram 0.11 0.51 0.44 2 Bugga Madharam 0.12 0.36 0.35 2 Vajinepalli 0.12 0.54 0.45 2 Ramapuram 0.12 0.36 0.35 2 Budavada 0.12 0.47 0.46 2 Jaggayyapeta 0.12 0.36 0.36 2

FIGURE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO

5 3 4 3 2 1 CO mg/m CO 0 Minimum Average 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Air Quality Monitoring Locations

TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3 98th NAAQ Location Minimum Maximum Percentile Standards Project Site 25.8 27.4 27.4 400 Jaggayyapeta 25.4 26.5 26.4 400 Mukteshwarapuram 24.5 25.8 25.7 400 Bugga Madharam 24.6 26.1 26.0 400 Vajinepalli 22.8 27.3 27.3 400 Ramapuram 23.2 26.5 26.4 400 Budavada 21.2 24.9 24.9 400 Dondapadu (near Sitapurm) 25.6 28.2 28.1 400

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 140 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3

Ammonia µg/m3 400 350 300 250 200 150 Minimum 100 50 Average 0 98 Percentile CPCB Norms

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 141 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in Table 3.7. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in Table 3.8 to Table 3.15.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.2 – 15.4 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 15.4 3 μg/ m obtained at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

Sitapurm). The concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.35 – 0.87 mg/m3 respectively. Highest

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 142 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3 value of 0.87 mg/ m was at the Project Site. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 143 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.15: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98th PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATIONS

3 3 3 3 3 3 PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Name of Sampling Location Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th

A4 Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 21.4 24.1 23.9 11.9 13.4 13.3 19.3 20.8 20.7 0.12 0.36 0.35 24.6 26.1 26.0

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 144 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area. Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the quality of water.

3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10 km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16 and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure 3.11. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & Tables 3.18.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 145 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS Distance (km) Direction S.No. Code Name of Sampling Location w.r.t Project w.r.t Project Ground Water Sampling Locations 1 GW1 Near Project Site -- -- 2 GW2 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E 3 GW3 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE 4 GW4 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE 5 GW5 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW 6 GW6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW 7 GW7 Budavada 5.6 NNW 8 GW8 Kautavari Agraharam 6.5 NE Surface Water Sampling Locations Krishna River Near Muktyala 1 SW1 (Sri Bhavani Muktheswara 2.8 ESE Swamy Vari Ghat) 2 SW2 Krishna River Near Vajinepalli 4.4 SSE Palleru River near Kautavari 3 SW3 7.2 NE Agraharam 4 SW4 Palleru River near Budavada 5.8 NNW Water body Near 5 SW5 8.6 NE Jaggayyapeta 6 SW6 Water body near Ramapuram 8.0 WNW 7 SW7 Mine Pit Near Ramapuram 5.2 WNW 8 SW8 Water body near Tripuravaram 9.7 NNE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 146 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.11: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 147 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.17 GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.30 7.66 7.04 7.37 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 642 940 610 966 500 2000 Total Alkalinity (as 4 APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 280 450 285 370 200 600 CaCO3) Total Hardness (as 5 APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 405 445 375 515 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 118.2 84.2 150.3 158 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 26.7 57.1 -- 29.2 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 74.0 71.2 66.5 97.3 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 154.9 102.9 257.4 199.9 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 6.2 5.7 1.2 1.1 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.2 4.6 4.5 4.0 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 148 95 220 185 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 <5.0 < 5.0 <5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1060 1565 1016 1609 -- -- 26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.18 0.82 0.920 0.75 -- --

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 148 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.17 GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Acceptable Permissible No 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.32 7.60 7.08 7.31 6.5-8.5 Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 638 950 608 965 500 2000 Total Alkalinity (as 4 APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 285 455 280 365 200 600 CaCO3) Total Hardness (as 5 APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 355 450 295 415 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 98.5 104.2 124.0 140 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 25.0 46.1 -- 28.3 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 69.2 70.2 69.0 98.6 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 154.2 102.2 256 190.2 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 5.2 5.1 1.8 1.4 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.0 4.5 4.2 4.1 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 148 95 220 185 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 <5.0 < 5.0 <5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- μmho 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B 1052 1580 1010 1528 -- -- /cm 26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.15 0.72 0.810 0.80 -- --

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 149 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 8.39 8.39 7.83 7.95 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 414 416 793 802 nd 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2320 B mg/l 160 180 290 310 nd 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2340 C mg/l 190 200 495 380 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 52.1 44.1 64.1 78.1 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 14.6 21.9 81.4 44.9 nd 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22 Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 71.5 77.2 84.8 72.2 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 244 97 204 212 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 2.6 2.8 4.5 3.3 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 nd 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 6 8 4 6 23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 2.0 3.5 <2.0 2.4 24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 212 89 189 201 25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 5.0 4.2 4.1 4.6 26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.9 5.8 5.8 6.4 28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 687 692 1219 1334 30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 46 50 48 51 32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 7 8 7 8

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 150 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.74 7.47 7.42 7.90 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 954 536 821 728 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 460 375 220 290 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 455 315 490 320 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 58.2 76.1 62 76.1 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 75.3 30.3 52.4 41.9 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 69.1 35.4 58.8 71.2 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 265 62 184 210 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 7.2 4.5 4.4 3.3 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.6 4.5 4.9 4.8 22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 8 7.4 4 4 23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 3.0 2.8 <2.0 2.0 24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 225 59.2 162 188 25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 4.1 4.3 4.1 4.4 26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 6.2 5.8 5.0 6.0 28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1585 892 1180 1290 30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 51.0 48.0 42.0 50 32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 9 8 5 5

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 151 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.04 – 7.66. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012. The acceptable limits for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500 mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000 mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range between 608 – 966 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable limits, but all samples are well below the permissible limits of 2000 mg/l. In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness was found to vary between 295 – 515 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable limits and seven ground water samples for Total hardness are above acceptable limit but within the permissible limits, while one sample is above the permissible of 600 mg/l. The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 102.2 – 257.4 mg/l. Six samples are below acceptable limits while one sample is above acceptable limits but within permissible limits. Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. was found to vary between 1.1 – 6.2 mg/l. The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 66.5 – 98.6 mg/l. All the samples for Sulphates concentration was found are within acceptable limits of 200 mg/l. Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium, Fluorides.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 152 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius:  pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.42 – 8.39.

 Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 414 – 954 mg/l.

 Total hardness was found to be in the range of 190 – 495 mg/l.

 Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 62 – 265 mg/l.

 Fluoride concentration was found to vary between 2.6 – 7.2 mg/l.

 Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 35.4 –84.8 mg/l.

3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing situation. Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels.

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring locations are shown in figure 3.12 and distances & directions of monitoring location mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area. The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day -

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 153 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.

TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project 1. N1 Project Site -- -- 2. N2 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW 3. N3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E 4. N4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE 5. N5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE 6. N6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW 7. N7 Budavada 5.6 NNW 8. N8 Jaggayyahpet 7.9 N

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 154 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.12: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 155 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA Night Category Day Time CPCB CPCB Name of the Time in S. of in Leq Standard Standard Location Leq No Area/zone dB (A) Day Time Night time dB (A) 1. Project Site Industrial 65.3 75dB (A) 42.0 70dB (A) 2. Dondapadu Residential 53.4 55dB (A) 34.3 45dB (A) 3. Mukteshwarapuram Residential 53.5 55dB (A) 33.1 45dB (A) 4. Bugga Madharam Residential 52.8 55dB (A) 35.4 45dB (A)

5. Vajinepalli Residential 52.2 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A) 6. Ramapuram Residential 53.6 55dB (A) 37.6 45dB (A)

7. Budavada Residential 52.4 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A) 8. Jaggayyahpet Commercial 53.5 65dB (A) 36.1 55dB (A)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 156 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale.

The traffic survey was carried out on the Muktyala to Jaggayyapeta Road which is 2.5 km (ESE) to the Project site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either side of the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and correlate such data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on these roads included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers. The additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 157 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT MUKTYALA TO JAGGAYYAPETA ROAD (To & From) 3 Wheeler Passenger Heavy Total S. Two 2 Wheeler Three Passenger Heavy Total Time @ 1.2 cars @ 1 Vehicles vehicles No Wheelers @ 0.75 PCU Wheeler cars vehicles vehicles PCU PCU @3.7 PCU PCU 1 06-07 am 107 80 32 40 118 118 272 1006 528 1244 2 07-08 am 147 110 35 51 125 125 309.6 1146 616 1431 3 08-09 am 179 134 39 78 160 160 294.4 1089 672 1461 4 09-10 am 183 137 42 96 170 170 280 1036 675 1439 5 10-11 am 156 117 45 125 190 190 266.4 986 657 1418 6 11-12 pm 145 109 50 139 178 178 256 947 628 1373 7 12-01 pm 126 95 54 130 167 167 248.8 921 596 1312 8 01-02 pm 120 90 53 106 150 150 241.6 894 564 1240 9 02-03 pm 124 93 48 102 145 145 227.2 841 544 1180 10 03-04 pm 116 87 45 95 131 131 196 725 487 1038 11 04-05 pm 106 79 40 90 128 128 180 666 453 963 12 05-06 pm 118 88 38 112 155 155 168 622 478 977 13 06-07 pm 129 97 35 125 145 145 160 592 469 959 14 07-08 pm 118 88 34 102 138 138 148.8 551 438 878 15 08-09pm 102 77 30 96 130 130 142.4 527 404 829 16 09-10pm 99 74 28 68 127 127 288 1066 542 1335 17 10-11pm 93 70 25 52 129 129 352 1302 599 1553 18 11-12pm 75 56 22 46 91 91 440 1628 628 1821 19 12-01am 68 51 19 35 59 59 256 947 402 1092 20 01-02am 54 41 15 28 45 45 240.8 891 355 1004 21 02-03am 45 34 14 19 42 42 234.4 867 335 962 22 03-04am 36 27 19 8 50 50 144 533 249 618 23 04-05am 46 34 25 12 73 73 125.6 465 269 584 24 05-06am 53 40 29 29 98 98 224 829 403 995 The highest peak observed during 11 am to 10 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 1821 Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 24

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 158 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 3600 Existing V/C Ratio 0.51 LOS=Level of Service (Existing) V/C LOS Performance 0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good 0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average 0.8-1.0 E Poor 1.0 & above F Very Poor

Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990 The traffic survey was carried out on the Muktyala to Jaggayyapeta Road which is 2.5 km (ESE) to the Project site. The details of the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed project.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 159 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives.  To determine the base line characteristics  To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with in 10 km radius.  To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil characteristics  To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view. The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are detailed in Table 3.22. and Figure 3.13. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23. Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in table 3.24. The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined from all samples.

TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S. No. Code Name of Sampling Location w.r.t Project Project 1 S1 Project Site -- -- 2 S2 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW 3 S3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E 4 S4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE 5 S5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE 6 S6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW 7 S7 Budavada 5.6 NNW 8 S8 Kautavari Agraharam 6.7 NE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 160 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.13: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 161 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1 PH -- 7.05 6.92 6.85 7.21 6.90 7.52 6.90 7.32 2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 275.0 75.4 95.3 80.9 78.5 89.6 95.4 101.5 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.11 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.18 1.14 1.13 1.12 4 Moisture Content % 5.80 5.92 5.85 5.90 5.45 5.60 5.25 5.31 5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.50 1.30 1.42 1.35 1.42 1.52 1.61 1.62 6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 14.3 9.8 8.6 4.60 4.52 4.39 4.22 4.51 7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 17.5 16.50 18.40 21.82 17.95 16.44 16.20 16.29 8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 15.1 12.22 13.01 15.85 14.30 12.45 12.46 13.65 9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 320.5 350.0 339.0 245.0 350.0 419.0 390.0 375.0 10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 212.5 235.5 315.5 260.2 256.0 320.1 351.0 330.0 11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.80 0.81 0.79 0.71 0.80 0.81 0.76 0.79 Silt Silt Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy 12 Type of Soil -- Silt Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam a) Sand (%) -- 36 36 39 49 45 44 40 41 b) Silt (%) -- 49 44 48 37 39 38 39 42 c) Clay (%) -- 15 16 13 14 16 18 21 17 13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 11.3 8.20 7.75 7.37 8.15 7.85 7.64 8.25 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 30.22 32.55 30.65 30.26 30.70 28.12 29.5 30.22 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 35.4 32.24 34.21 28.45 29.25 31.45 26.42 26.47 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 10.5 11.21 10.56 9.25 10.42 10.29 10.52 10.90 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 10.20 11.25 11.69 12.50 13.21 14.21 13.40 13.55 19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 80.4 42.35 31.24 32.54 35.65 34.22 38.05 39.52

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 162 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt loams. It is due to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine sand and silt carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are moderately productive and they are not prone to water logging.  It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 6.85 to 7.52.  Percentage of Total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.76 to 0.81 indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.

Table 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION S.No Soil Test Classification <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 1 pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9.00 Very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 Average 2 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination (μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm) 2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Upto 0.20: Very less 0.21- 0.40: Less 3 Organic Carbon (%) 0.41- 0.50: Medium, 0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient >1.00 : More than sufficient Upto 50 Very less 51-100 Less 4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient Upto 15 Very less 16-30 Less 5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 31-50 Medium, 51-65 On an avg. sufficient 66-80 Sufficient >80 More than sufficient

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 163 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S.No Soil Test Classification 0 -120 Very less 120-180 Less 6 Potash (kg/ha) 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 More than sufficient Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

3.8 LAND USE PATTERN Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on the satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared. Objectives The objectives of land use studies are:  To determine the present land use pattern;  To analyze the impacts on land use due to the proposed project in the study area; and  To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern and associated impacts.

3.8.1 DATA USED The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS technologies.

TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED S No. Source Maps Prepared Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite 1 Drainage map imageries 2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover

TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS Sl. Topographic Year of Year of Scale No. Map No. Survey Publication 1. 56 P/13 1: 50,000 2010 2011 2. 56 P/14 1: 50,000 2010 2011 3. 65 D/1 1: 50,000 2010 2011 4. 65 D/2 1: 50,000 2010 2011 Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 164 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass IRS RS-2 LISS IV 11-September- 1. Khariff 101-61-B FX 2018

3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Khariff year 2018) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits. Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS) has been followed for the delineation of units. Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables: Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources. Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved or maintained at current levels.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 165 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are:  Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator, and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between various tracts of land, as well as a political location.  Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used.  Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics and its vegetative cover.  Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity.  Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area.  Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it.  Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land.  Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social activities.  Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.

The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.

For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data are needed: 1. Basic data 2. Ground data

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 166 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1. Basic data includes:  Fused data of LISS IV  Toposheets on 1 : 50,000  Local knowledge  Area map on any scale to transfer details  Reports and other literature of the study area

2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work. Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be divided into three parts:  Preliminary work  Field work  Post field work

A. Preliminary work includes:  to see the limitation of satellite data  to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted  to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale  interpretation of different land use/land cover classes  demarcation of doubtful areas  preparation of field land use/land cover map

B. Field work:  Type of ground data to be collected  Selection of sample area for final classification  Checking of doubtful areas  Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh development, nomenclature.  General verification

C. Post field work:  Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas  Transfer of details on base map  Marginal information Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 167 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Preparation of final land use/land cover map

A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.15. A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.16 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1. The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in Table 3.28:

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 168 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY

Basic data Data source Secondary data

IRS LISS IV FMX

Preparation Khariff Rabi of base season season maps

Development of interpretation keys based on image characteristics. Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories

Ground verification of doubtful areas Validation and final and modification of thematic details interpretation key

Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season Final land use/land cover land use/land cover details on to a map with symbols and single base map. colours

Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 169 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.28 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA

S. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) % No. BUILT UP LAND 1. A. Settlements/Air force area 16.642 5.3 B. Industrial area 6.908 2.2 2. WATERBODIES A. Tank / River / Reservoir etc. 37.052 11.8 3. FOREST A. Scrub forest/Degraded forest 71.906 22.9 CROP LAND A. Single crop 52.438 16.7 4. B. Double crop 38.308 12.2 C. Crop land forest 2.198 0.7 D. Plantation 3.454 1.1 WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub 20.724 6.6 5. B. Land without scrub 20.096 6.4 C. Sheet rock area 7.536 2.4 D. Mining area 9.734 3.1 E. Stony waste area 27.004 8.6 TOTAL 314 100

FIGURE 3.14 PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA

Built- Up Land 7.5%

Water bodies Wastelands 11.8% 27.1%

Forest 22.9%

Crop Land 30.7%

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 170 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.15: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 171 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 3.9: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 172 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

Objectives of Ecological Studies The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site  To assess the flora & fauna in the study area;  To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and sensitive habitats in the study area, if any;  To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area;  To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders;  Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate mitigation measures.

3.9.1 Detailed Description Of Flora And Fauna Assessment of flora and fauna study location: Flora and Fauna studies were carried out by using least count quadrate method at following six locations. Trees were sampled by taking quadrates of 25 m2 and shrubs 10 m2 and in case of herbaceous vegetation of 1 m2 distributed randomly. There are no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals within the 10Km buffer zone of the project site. Forests and water bodies present in the buffer zone are listed in Table 3.29.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 173 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.29 - Ecological Sensitivity details of the project site and its buffer zone of 10 KM Radius Direction WRT Proximity to the Protected areas Project site Project site in Km. National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves and Important Bird None Not applicable Areas Heritage site and Monuments: Northeast 8.9 Buddhist Stupa near Jaggayyapet Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy East 8 Temple MonkeyRehabilitationCentre East 8.4 Reserve Forests Budavada R.F North 2.8 Balusupadu R.F North 6 Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F East 5.8 KuntimadiR.F East Southeast 5.2 Venkatayapalem R.F East Southeast 5.8 Ginjupalle R..F Southeast 6.4 Venkatayapalem ExtensionR.F Southeast 6.0 Nemalipuri R.F East Southwest 7.6 Chintapalem R.F East Southwest 7.6 WaterBodies Krishna River East Southeast 2.5 Paleru River Northwest to East 5.5 Pulichintala Dam & Reservoir South 5.9 Tank near Jaggayyapet Northeast 8.3 Tank near Ramapuram West Northwest 8.0 Old limestone mine pits at Northeast 8.0 Sitaramapuram

The project site is located in Sy. No. 108 & 109, Jayanthipuram Village, Jaggayyapet Mandal, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh. The Primary surveys were conducted in and around project area and 10 km radius study area, Reserve forests, open areas near villages, waste lands and agricultural lands along the water bodies to identify the floristic composition of the area and listed the plants species identified in the Project area and 10 km radius study area is given in Table 3.30.

FLORA: Based on the physical setting and the kind of distribution of flora and fauna, the study area can be classified into cropland, forest land, terrestrial vegetation structure and aquatic ecosystems etc.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 174 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.30: List of plants found in the project area Scientific name Common or Local name Family Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae Aristida depressa Grass Poaceae Aristida hystrix Grass Poaceae Aristida setacea Grass Poaceae Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae Capparis zeylanica Kutajamu Capparidaceae Carallua umbellata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae Cymbopogon coloratus Grass Poaceae Cymbopogon caesius Grass Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Grass Poaceae Cyperus rotundus Grass Cyperaceae Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae Euphorbia antiquorum Bontha Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Heteropogon contortus Grass Poaceae Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae Lantana camara Makkadambu Verbenaceae Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 175 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae Opuntia dillenii Brahma Jemudu Cactaceae Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae Tarenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae Ziziphus numularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae Ziziphus rugosus Regu Rhamnaceae Ziziphus xylopyra Goti or gotti Rhamnaceae

3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area: There are reserved forests and water bodies in the 10 Km buffer zone of the project site but there no Wildlife Sanctuaries or National Parks or Biosphere reserves or other eco-sensitive areas. The reserved forests of the study area belongto the Southern dry deciduous forests and Tropical dry evergreen scrub forests of Champion and Seth. They are highly degraded and a few patches of dense scrub and thorny bushes could be noticed. But many forest elements are still present and hence they have a fairly good amount of botanical diversity. The main species in these forests are Acacia chundra, Acacia planifrons, Albizia amara. Balanites aegyptiaca, Anisochilus carnosus, Canthium parviflorum, Erythroxylon monogynum, Flacourtia indica, Premna tomentosa, Ziziphus spp., Dodonaea viscosa, Euphorbiaantiquorum, Dichrostachiys cinera, Capparis brevispina, Maytenus emarginata, Carissa sginarum, Grewia tenax, Cassia auriculata, Prosopis juliflora and a few others. A list of plant species representing trees, shrubs and herbs list is given in Table 3.31. A list of grasses, herbs, Climbers and herbaceous plants found in the study area is given in Table 3.31. There are no rare or endangered or threatened species all the species listed in Table 3.31 are widely distributed in most parts of Deccan region.

Cropland Ecosystem: The common crops land ecosystem in study area are Oryzha sativa and Zea maze which are mainly dependent on rainwater during monsoon season, canal irrigation and also through ground water source, tube wells and open wells during non-monsoon season.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 176 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 3.31., List of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers and Herbaceous Species Found the Study Area Scientific name Common or Local name Family Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae Acacia auriculiformis Australian Wattle Mimosaceae Acacia caesia Korintha Mimosaceae Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae Acacia holosericea White Wattle Mimosaceae Achrus sapota Sapota Sapotaceae Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Simaroubaceae Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Alangiaceae Albizia amara Narlinga Mimosaceae Albizia lebbek Dirisanam Mimosaceae Alhagi camelorum Camel thorn Fabaceae Allamanda cathartica Allamanda Apocynaceae Anisochilus carnosus Karpuravalli Lamiaceae Annona squamosa Seetaphalam Annonaceae Anogeissus acuminata Pasi Combretaceae Anogeissus latifolia Chirumaanu Combretaceae Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae Balanites aegyptiaca, Gara chettu Zygophyllaceae Bassia latifolia Ippa Sapotaceae Bauhinia racemosa Aare chettu Caesalpiniaceae Bauhinia variegata Mandari Caesalpiniaceae Benkara malabarica Pedda manga Rubiaceae Bombax malabariucm Silk cotton Bombacaceae Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Arecaace Breynia retusa Chinna purugudu Euphorbiaceae Breynia vitis-ideae Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae Buchanania angustifolia Pedda -mori Anacardiaceae Buchanania latifolia Char / Sarapappu Anacardiaceae Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae Callistemon citrinus Indian bottle brush tree Myrtaceae Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Calycoperis floribunda Bonta teega Combretaceae Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae Capparis brevispina Indian Caper Capparaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 177 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Capparis zeylanica Kutajamu Capparidaceae Caralluma umbellata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae Careya arborea Adavi Jaama / Kumbhi Lecythidaceae Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae Cascabela thevetia Patcha ganneru Apocynaceae Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae Carissa spinarum Kalivi Apocynaceae Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae Chloroxylon sweitenia Billudu Flindarsiaceae Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceace Codiaeum varieigatum Croton Euphorbiaceae Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae Crataeva religiosa Urimidi Capparidaceae Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae Dalbergia sisso Sisso or Seesum Caesalpiniaceae Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo / Veduru Poaceae Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae Dolichondrone crispa Nirwodi Bignoniacae Dolichondrone falcata Wodi Bignoniaceae Erythina indica Indian coral tree Papilionaceae Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae Eucalyptus teretocronis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus / Nilagiri Myrtaceae Euphorbia antiquorum Brahma jemudu Euphorbiaceae Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae Flacourtia indica Nakka neredu Salicaceae Givotia rottleriformis Tella Poliki Euphorbiaceae Glycomis mauritiana Tanaka Rutaceae Grevellia robusta Silver oak Proteaceae Grewia flavescens Jaana Tiliaceae Grewia hirsuta Jaani Chettu Tiliaceae Grewia obtusa Jaana Tiliaceae Grewia orbiculata Pedda Jaani Tiliaceae Grewia tillifolia Pedda Jaana Tiliaceae Grewia villosa Bantha Tiliaceae Grewia tenax Kaladi Tiliaceae Hardwickia binata Yepi Caesalpiniaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 178 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Hemidemus indicus Sugandhapala Periplocaceae Heterophragma roxburghii Bondudgu Bignoniaceae Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae Hygrophila auriculata Gokulakanta Acanthaceae Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae Kigelia africana Yenugu Paadam Bignoniaceae Lagerstroemia parviflora Chennangi Lythraceae Lantana indica Makkadambu Verbenaceae Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae Millingtonia hortensis Aakaasa malle Bignoniaceae Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae Mimosops elengi Pogada Sapotaceae Morinda pubescens Togaru Rubiaceae Moringa olivaefera Munaga Moringaceae Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Elaeocarpaceae Odina wodier Gumpena Anacardiaceae Opuntia dillenii Naaga Jemudu Cactaceae Oroxylum indicum Dundilam Bignoniaceae Parkinsonia aculeata Jeeluga Widespread Peltophorum pterocarpum Konda chinta Caesalpiniaceae Pergularia daemia Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Mimosaceae Plumeria acutifolia Temple tree Apocynaceae Plumeria alba Tella devaganneru Apocynaceae Plumeria rubra Erra devaganneru Apocynaceae Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae Polyalthia pendula Asoka Annonaceae Pongamia pinnata Ganuga Fabaceae Premna tomentosa Wooly leaf Lamiaceae Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae Quisqualis indica Rangoon creeper Combretaceae Saccopetalum tomentosum Chilka dudi Annonaceae Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Mimosaceae Sapindus emarginatus Kunkundu Sapindaceae Sarcostemma bevistigma Som Asclepiadaceae Semecarpus ancardium Marking nut tree Anacardiaceae Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Bignoniaceae Sterculia foetida Adavi badam Sterculiaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 179 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Syzigium cumini Neradu Myrtaceae Tabermantana coronaria Nandivardhanam Apocynaceae Tamarindus indica Chinta Caesalpiniaceae Tarenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae Tecoma stanns Patcha turai Bignoniaceae Tectona grandis Teak / Teku Verbenaceae Terminalia arjuna Tella maddi Combretaceae Terminalia bellerica Taani / Taandra Combretaceae Terminalia catappa Baadam Combretaceae Terminalia tomentosa Nalla maddi Combretaceae Thespecia populnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae Thevetia nerifolia Yellow oleander Apocynaceae Tylophora indica Kukkapala teega Asclepiadaceae Vitex negundo Vaavili / Nirgundi Verbenaceae Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae Ziziphus numularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae Ziziphus rugosus Regu Rhamnaceae Ziziphus xylopyra Goti or gotti Rhamnaceae

Though most of the annual herbs and therophytes had completed their life cycle and withered away, most of them were represented by a few individuals in areas along the river banks and croplands. A list of herbaceous species found during the survey are listed in Table 3.32.

TABLE 3.32., Herbaceous species found the Study Area Scientific name Family Abutilon crispum Malvaceae Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae Alloteropsis cimicina Poaceae Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae Andropogon jwarancusa Poaceae Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae Aristida depressa Poaceae Aristida hystrix Poaceae Aristida setacea Poaceae Aristolochia bracteata Aristolochiaceae Boerhaavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae Bothriochloa pertusa Poaceae Brachiaria cruciformis Poaceae Brachiaria distachya Poaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 180 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Brachiaria mutica Poaceae Brachiaria reptens Poaceae Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae Cassytha filiformis Lauraceae Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae Chloris barbata Poaceae Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae Cissus quadrangularis Ampelidaceae Citrullus vulgaris Cucurbitaceae Cleome aspera Capparidaceae Cleome gynandra Capparidaceae Conyza stricta Asteraceae Crinum asiaticum Amaryllidaceae Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae Cymbopogon coloratus Poaceae Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Datura metel Solanaceae Desmodium gangeticum Fabaceae Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae Dichanthium caricosum Poaceae Eremopogon faveolatus Poaceae Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae Evolvulus nummularis Convolvulaceae Heteropogon contortus Poaceae Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae Indigofera enneaphylla Fabaceae Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae Neptunia triquetra Mimosaceae Oldenlandia umbellata Rubiaceae Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae Rungia repens Acanthaceae Scilla indica Asparagaceae Sida acuta Malvaceae Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Tragia involucrata Euphorbiaceae Trainthema portulacastrum Ficoidaceae Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Urginea congesta Liliaceae Urginea coromandeliana Liliaceae Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae Withania somnifera Solanaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 181 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.9.3. Terrestrial fauna of the project area and the study area As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for core and buffer areas are not desirable. The buffer zone is subjected to anthropogenic disturbances and biotic pressures of grazing. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (RET) species within the core or buffer area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from core area. It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the core and buffer areas were free from any endangered animals except those in the Krishna River and the Pulichintala Reservoir. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen noticed during the survey. Monkeys were also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were common. Rat snake was seen during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were also rare. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from the area is given in Table 3.33. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that Mugger Crocodile (Crocodyluspalustris), Common Indian Monitor (Varanus bengalensis), Indian Flap-shell Turtle (Lissemys punctata), Indian Tent Turtle (Pangshura tentoria) andAsian Giant Softshell Turtle (Pelochelys cantorii), reported from the Krishna River and Pulichintala Reservoir belong to Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. A list of birds either spotted or reported or recorded from the area under consideration is given in Table 34. The data is verified with Avibase and there are no RET species or Schedule I species.

3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study: The mammal survey was carried out by walking through different forest habitats, recording and collecting evidence of mammals. Besides fixed transect survey as far as possible, random search was also adopted to record the occurrence of mammalian species in the study area. Indirect evidences such as scats, pug/foot marks, calls of different mammalian species and discussion with the villagers in the surrounding villages were used for the identification and documentation of the mammalian species there are several minor carnivorous and

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 182 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. herbivorous wild animals in the study area. The commonly observed or reported mammals during study period are presented in below Table No. 3.33.

3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto-fauna: Herpeto-fauna were noticed mainly in fresh water and marshy places Different amphibians, Butterflies: Butterflies spotted in the study area were identified as per Butterflies of India.

3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area: Survey for birds was done in different areas like wetlands, forest types and cultivation lands. Birds were observed mostly during most active period of the day around 5.30 hrs to 8.30 hrs and 15.30 hrs to 18.30 hrs. Birds were identified by direct observation, identifying the physical features with the help of field guides (The book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali) and reference books. In case of complications in identification, photographs were taken for identification in later stages. Birds were observed in different types of habitats and those areas where sighting chances are more. However, time schedule was altered according to situation and availability of time.

TABLE 3.33 List of vertebrates other than birds found in and around the project site. WPA Common / Local name Scientific name Schedule MAMMALS Large bandicoot rat Bandicota indica IV Short-nosed fruit bat Cynopterus sphinx IV Three striped squirrels Funambulus palmarum IV Indian bush rat Golunda ellioti IV Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii IV Indian crested porcupine Hystrix indica IV Common Indian field mouse Mus booduga IV Home mouse Mus musculus IV Bandicoot rat Nosokia indica IV Indian pygmy pipistrelle Pipistrellus mimus IV Long-eared bat Plecotus auritus IV Common Indian rat Rattus rattus IV Greater yellow bat Scotophillus heathi IV Savvy pygmy shrew Suncus etruscus IV

House shrew Suncus murinus IV Wild boar Sus scrofa III REPTILES Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus II

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 183 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Garden lizard Calotes versicolor IV Chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus II Tree Snake Chrysopelea taprobanica II Mugger Crocodile Crocodyluspalustris I Whip Snake Dryphis nasutus II Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus II Indian star tortoise Geochelone elegans II Indian wall lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis IV Cobra Naja naja II Rat snake Ptyas mucosa II Blind Snake Typhlops diardii IV Slender Blind Snake Typhlops porrectus II Common Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis I Russell’s viper Vipera russseli II AMPHIBIANS Indian Narrow-headed Softshell Chitra indica II Turtle Endemic to Bicolored frog Clinotarsus curtipes South India Common Indian Toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus IV Green pond frog Euphlyctis hexadactylus IV Indian Star Tortoise Geochelone elegans IV Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus IV Indian Flap-shell Turtle Lissemys punctata I Indian Pond Terrapin Melanochelys trijuga IV Indian Roofed Turtle Pangshura tecta IV Indian Tent Turtle Pangshura tentoria I Asian Giant Softshell Turtle Pelochelys cantorii I Common Tree Frog Polypedates leucomystax IV Common tree frog Polypedates maculatus IV Indian Burrowing frog Sphaerotheca breviceps IV http://vindhyabachao.org/wildlife_guidelines/schedule_species_reptiles.pdf *Schedule species (Reptiles) :Indian wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

TABLE 3.34 List of Birds either spotted or reported from the areas in and around the project site. WPA Scientific Name Common Name Family Schedule Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV Aegithinia tiphia Common Iora Irenidae IV Alcedo atthis Smallblue kingfisher Alcedinidae IV White-breasted Amaurornis phoenicurus Recurvirostridae IV waterhen Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed duck Anatidae IV Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae IV Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Ardeidae IV

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 184 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Athene brama Spotted owlet Noctuidae IV Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV Centropus sinasis Greater coucal Phasianidae IV Ceryle rudis Lesser pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Columbidae IV Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae V Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie Corvidae IV Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling-duck Anatidae IV Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Tickell’s flower pecker Dicaeidae IV Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae IV Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered kite Accipitridae IV Eudynamys scolopace Asian koel Cuculidae IV Fulica atra Coot Rallidae IV Gallinula chloropus Indian Moorhen Rallidae IV White-Breasted King Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae IV fisher Hierococcyx varius Brain fever bird Ardeidae IV Himantopus himantopus Black-winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV Hydrophasianus chrugus Pheasant tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Daniidae IV lxobrychus cinnamomeus Chestnut bittern Ardeidae IV Megalaima haemacephala Copper smith Barbet Capitonidae IV Merops orientalis Small Bee eater Meropidae IV Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitridae IV Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae IV Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacillidae IV Motacilla maderaspatensis Large pied wagtail Motacillidae IV Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped sunbird Nectariniidae IV Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden oriole Oriolidae IV Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae IV Perirocotus cinnomomeus Small Minivet Phasianidae IV Phalacrocorax carbo Large Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV Porphyrio porphyrio Purple moorhen Rallidae IV Prinia inornata Plain prinia Cisticolidae IV Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Cisticolidae IV Blossom headed Psittacula cyanocephala Psittacidae IV Parakeet Psittacula krameri Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 185 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Saxicolodies fulicata Indian robin Turdinae IV Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia Senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared-Dove Columbidae IV Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sturnidae IV Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Timalinae IV Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae IV Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Charadriidae IV

3.9.4 AQUATIC FLORA AND FAUNA: The core area is completely dry and there are no pools or ponds on any major storm water drain. Hence, the core area is devoid of any aquatic species. Krishna River and the Pulichintala Reservoir are the main aquatic bodies. A lost of aquatic and semiaquatic plants found along the banks of the water bodies and in shallow waters is given in Table 7. A list of fishes reported and recorded from the Krishna River, Paleru River and Pulichintala reservoir are compiled basing on Fishbase and Laxmappa & Ravinder Rao Bakshi (2016) after cross checking with fisheries database of Krishna District. A list of fishes reported and recorded from the Krishna River in Suryapet and Jaggayyapet areas is given in Table 3.35. A few RET species have been reported from the River.

TABLE – 3.35 Aquatic and semi aquatic macrophytes found along the banks and in the shallow waters of Krishna River, Palleru River and Pulichintala reservoir. Latin name Family Alternanthera philoxeroides Solanaceae Azolla pinnata Azollaceae Brachiaria mutica Poaceae Carex cruciata Cyperaceae Centella asiatica Apiaceae Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Cyperus arenarius Cyperaceae Cyperus exaltatus Cyperaceae Echinochloa colona Poaceae Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Hygrophila auriculata Acanthaceae Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Marsilia quadrifoliata Marsiliaceae

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 186 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae Nymphaea nauchali Nympheaceae Nymphaea stellata Nympheaceae Nymphoides hydrophylla Nympheaceae Nymphoides indica Nympheaceae Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceace Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Paspalidium geminatum Poaceae Pistia stratoides Araceae Typha angustata Typhaceae

TABLE – 3.36 List of Fishes reported from Krishna River, Palleru River and Pulichintala Reservoir located in the buffer zone of the project site. IUCN Scientific name English Name Local name Status Acanthocobitis botia Striped loach Jerri chepa LC Amblypharyngodon Indian carplet Kodipe LC microlepis Amblypharyngodon mola Indian carplet Kodipe LC Anabas testudineus Climbing perch Goraka chepa DD Anguilla bengalensis Long-finned eel Malugu NT Anguilla bicolor Indian short finned eel Malugu LC Aplochelus lineatus Striped top-minnow Minnow-chepa LC Awaous grammepomus Scribbled goby Uskedonthi LC Bangana ariza Ariza labeo Aruzu LC Bangana diplostoma Sind labeo Kodipe LC Barbodes carnaticus Carnatic carp Perka-chapa LC Barbodessarana sarana Olive barb Gandeparaka LC Barbodessarana Peninsular Olive barb Parka LC subnasutus Barilius bakeri Malabar baril Kodipe LC Barilius barila Barred baril Kodipe LC Barilius barna Baranabaril Kodipe LC Barilius bendelisis Spotted baril Kodipe LC Carassius carassius Crucian Carp Pakke LC Catla catla Katla Botcha LC Channa gachua Dwarf snakehead Guruja LC Channa marulius Giant snakehead Poo meenu LC Channa punctata Spotted snakehead Buradamatta LC Channa striata Striped snakehead Korrameenu LC Chela cachius Silver hatchet chela Getchu LC Cirrhinus cirrhosa White carp Aruza LC Cirrhinus fulungee Deccan white carp Mosu LC Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal Yerramosu LC Cirrhinus reba Reba carp Chittrai LC Clarias gariepinus African catfish African marpu LC Crossocheilus latius Stone roller Parkachepa LC Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass carp Gaddi chepa LC

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 187 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Cyprinus carpio Common carp Bangaruteega LC Daniorerio Zebra danio Zebra fish LC Chintakuparega Devario aequipinnatus Giant danio Nooltu LC Devario devario Sind danio Nooltu LC Esomus danricus Flying barb Astapakke LC Esomus thermoicos Flying barb Astapakke LC Duvenna Etroplus suratensis Banded pearl spot LC chepa Gambusia affinis Mosquito fish Gambusia LC Garra lamta Stone sucker Taatigoraka LC Garra mcclellandi Stone sucker Banda pakiri LC Garra mullya Stone sucker Banda pakiri LC Glossogobius giuris Bar-eyed goby Isikadondu LC Haludaria melanampyx Melon barb Parka DD Hemibagrus maydelli Krishna mystus Ponduga LC Heteropneustes fossilis Stinging catfish Ingilayee LC Hypophthalmicthys Silver carp Vendi chepa LC molitrix Hypophthalmicthys Pedda Tala Big head carp LC nobilis chepa Hyporhamphus limbatus Congaturi halfbeak Konga mukku LC Hyporhamphus Red-tipped halfbeak Konga mukku LC xanthopterus Hypostomus plecostomus Suckermouth catfish Common pleco LC Hypselobarbus dobsoni Krishna Carp Parka DD Hypselobarbus jerdoni Jerdon’s carp Pakki LC Hypselobarbus kolus Kolus barb Nilusu VU Indoreonectes evezardi Evezardi loach Jerri chepa LC Labeo bata Bata Mosu LC Labeo calbasu Kalbasu Kakiparaka LC Labeo dussumieri Common labeo Parka LC Labeo fimbriatus Fringe- lipped carp Chitra LC Labeo gonius Kurialabeo Mosu LC Labeo kawrus Deccan labeo Parka LC Labeo kontius Pig-mouthcarp Pandigande LC Labeo microphthalmus Murreelabeo Parka LC Labeo porcellus Bombay labeo Moyya LC Labeo potail Deccan labeo Baman- chepa LC Labeo rohita Rohu Seelavathi LC Laubuca laubuca Indian glass barb Getchu LC Lepidocephalichthys Leopard Loach Vulicha LC berdmorei Lepidocephalicthys Guntea loach Ulsha LC guntea Macrognathus aral One stripe spiny eel Bommidai LC Macrognathus guentheri Malabar spiny eel Bommidai LC Macrognathus pacalus Barred spiny eel Kontemukku LC Mastacembelus armatus Zig – zag spiny eel Kontemukku LC

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 188 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Megarasbora elanga Bengala Barb Kattekodipe LC Mystus gulio Long whiskered catfish Jella LC Mystus tengra Tengra mystus Jella LC Mystus vittatus Stripped dwarf catfish Errajella LC Nemacheilus anguilla Black lined loach Jerri chepa LC Neotropius atherinoides Indian potasi Akujella LC Oreochromius Mozambique Tilapia Doobotcha LC mossambicus Oreochromius niloticus Nile tilapia Doobotcha LC Osphronemus goramy Giant gourami Gourami LC Osteobrama vigorsii Deccan cotio Khira LC Osteochilichthys Konti barb Pedda parka LC thomassi Osteochilus nashii Nashis barb Pedda parka LC Pangasius pangasius Pangash Banka jella LC Parambassis ranga Indian glassy fish Sarawa LC Puntius amphibius Scarlet banded barb Perka-chapa DD Puntius chola Swamp barb Pakki LC Puntius conchonius Stigma barb Perka-chapa LC Puntius dorsalis Long-snouted barb Perka LC Puntius filamentosus Black-spot barb Perka LC Puntius vittatus Silver barb Parigi chepa LC Rasbora caverii Canvery rasbora Kodipe chepa LC Rohtee ogilbii Vatanirohtee Aku chepa LC Silver razor-belly Salmophasia acinaces Chela LC minnow Large razor-belly Salmophasia bacaila Chandamama LC minnow Schisturadenisonii dayi Dayi loach Jerri chepa LC Schisturadenisonii Denison's loach Jerri chepa LC denisonii Sperata seenghala Giant river cat fish Multi jella LC Tenualosa ilisha Indian shad Polasa LC Tinca tinca Tench Tench LC Tor khudree Deccan mahaseer Mansoor EN Xenentodon cancila Freshwater garfish Vodla mukku LC

3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna On the basis of literature survey, from Red data books of Indian plants, detailed list Rare and Endangered flora reveals that there are no Endangered, Threatened, Rare plant species observed or recorded during study period. There are no endangered animals, however recorded or observed list of wild animals and their conservation status as per Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 are presented above tables. As per Ministry of Environment, forests and climate change, Forest department of Government of Andhra Pradesh state notifications reveals that there are

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 189 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

no Biospheres, Tiger Reserves, Elephant Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves in 10 - km radius from plant boundary.

3.10. Socio Economic Study The socio- economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the Project site of Dondapadu village was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis for developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of the population.

3.10.1. Methodology Adopted for the Study The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published secondary data and primary data collection through sample survey conducted project study area. Census of India - 2011 for respect to population, density, household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10 km radius study area.

3.10.2. Distribution of Population in the study area As per 2011 census the study area consists of 1,80,636 persons inhabited in the study area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution of population in the study area is given in Table 3.37.

Table 3.37: Population Distribution S. Number of Total population 0-6 years aged population Name of Village No households Total Male Female Total Male Female 1 Chinthalapalem 1707 6597 3276 3321 807 389 418 2 Rama Puram 576 2250 1153 1097 214 116 98 3 Guddimalkapuram 237 896 442 454 103 54 49 4 Kothagudem 328 1199 605 594 118 62 56 5 Revuru 3081 11719 5973 5746 1270 662 608 6 Donda Padu 2552 9093 4576 4517 1028 512 516 7 Vajinepalle 494 1621 822 799 172 100 72 8 Nemalipuri 385 1476 748 728 194 108 86 9 Madharam 219 823 415 408 66 33 33 10 Jaggayyapeta 32711 126275 62713 63562 13801 7061 6740 11 Budawada 1196 4805 2480 2325 640 343 297 12 Tripuravaram 32 128 73 55 8 7 1 13 Jayanthipuram 619 2348 1191 1157 361 198 163 14 Mukteswarapuram 713 2742 1385 1357 253 134 119

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 190 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

15 Ravirala 316 1275 626 649 173 89 84 16 Vedadri 590 2155 1099 1056 231 105 126 17 Annavaram 1066 3917 2008 1909 440 229 211 18 Sreenivasapuram 356 1317 681 636 124 63 61 Total 47178 180636 90266 90370 20003 10265 9738

(Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)

The male and female population constitutes about 49.97 % and 50.03 % in the study area respectively. The graphical representation of total population distribution in the study area was shown in Figure 3.17.

Figure 3.17: Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area 190000 180000 Total population 170000 Male Population 160000 150000 Female Population 140000 130000 120000 110000 100000 90000 80000 70000 60000

No. of Population of No. 50000 40000 30000 20000 10000 0

Village Names

3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate: Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area. The literate male and female in the study area are 60324 and 48184 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 66.83 % with male and 53.32 % with female respectively.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 191 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The male and female illiterates population in the study area are 29942 and 42186 respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is 33.17 % with male and 46.68 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate and literacy rate in the study area is given in Table 3.38. The graphical presentation of literates and illiterates in study area is given in Figure 3.12.

Table 3.38: Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area S. No Particulars Population 1. Male Population 90266 2. Female Population 90370 3. Total Population 180636 4. Male population Literates 60324 5. Male population Literates % 66.83 % 6. Male population illiterates 29942 7. Male population Illiterates % 33.17 % 8. Female population Literates 48184 9. Female population Literates % 53.32 % 10. Female population Illiterates 42186 11. Female population Illiterates % 46.68 % (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)

Figure 3.18: The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area

Literates Illiterates

60324 48184 42186 29942

Male Female

3.10.4. Occupational Structure The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 192 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport and communication and other services.

The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non- workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other non- workers who do not fall under the above categories.

Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of people and it also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the area. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 76041 and 12056 respectively of the total population while the remaining 92539 constitutes non-workers.

Table 3.39: Occupational Structure in Study Area S. No Parameter Total Male Female 1 Main Workers 76041 47926 28115 2 Marginal Workers 12056 4735 7321 3 Non-Workers 92539 37605 54934 Total Population 180636 90266 90370 (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)

Figure 3.19: The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area

100000 Main Workers 90000 Marginal Workers 80000 Non-Workers 70000

60000 50000

40000 No. of Population of No. 30000 20000

10000 0 Total Male Female

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 193 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area The project site is located near Chinthalapalem – where all the basic social amenities like, Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications, Educational facilities, Roads and Power supply are readily available.

A) Power and Energy: All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are electrified for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste Agri-Waste, Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking purpose.

B) Health and Medical Facilities: Most Villages have PHCs or Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary Health Care Mobile Units. For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic Diagnostics, adequate facilities are available near to project site, which is 10 km from the proposed project site. And for Critical and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics, local communities visit Vijayawada City, which is about 66 km from the project site. Ambulance is available for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious health condition/s to the Multi-Specialty.

C) Tele-Communications: Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL Electronic Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL / Airtel / Vodafone, Idea Cellular & Reliance Telecom Services available everywhere.

D) Local Administration & Law: While all the Villages and Towns do have ‘Village Panchayat’, duly elected by the local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to coordinate with various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for local Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State Governmental Developmental Projects.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 194 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

E) Other Administrative Issues: They are further supported by the Mandal Revenue Office (M.R.O.) stationed at Mallareddygudem (9.3 km).

F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities: The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at Jaggayyapet (8.0 Km) to the project site and there are also Bus-Station, Bus- Stops at Jaggayyapet to all major Towns & Cities.

3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent  Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment.

 The proposed project requires a workforce of 100 persons. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 195

CHAPTER -IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION Environment and development should be considered as mutually Complementary, interdependent and an instrument of reinforcing the quality of life. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the important aspect of overall environmental management strategy and an important tool for sustainable development. It identifies major impacts of Industrial and associated activities on environment and provides guideline to prepare the necessary control measure termed as Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., Air, Noise, Water, Land, Socio-Economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the activity/project on the environment. Based on results [Baseline Data] of prediction and evaluation, pollution abatement and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan The proposed project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:  During the construction phase, which may be temporary and short term; and  During the operation phase that would have long-term effects.

4.2. INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROPSED PROJECT The environmental impact assessment is accomplished by identification and prediction of impacts and their assessment. Potential impacts of proposed project on various environmental attributes given below are predicted;  Air environment  Water resources and quality  Noise levels  Land use  Soil quality  Solid waste

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 196

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Terrestrial and aquatic ecology  Demography and socio-economics.  Hydrology & Geology

4.3. CONSTRUCTION PHASE During the construction phase, the activities which are likely to contribute to impact on various environmental components which are temporary in nature are site clearing, leveling, construction of various structures of Drug manufacturing activities, lying of internal roads, erection of equipment etc. The construction activities will be confined within the project area of 9 acres. The environmental impacts and management plan during construction phase are detailed below.

4.3.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE Present land is Barren. Now the site is converted in to industrial use and the proposed project will be in an area of 9 Acres (36414 SQM) Change will occur on the land use pattern of the surrounding villages Any construction of infrastructure will lead to permanent change in land use pattern at the site as a direct impact. No major changes in land use pattern will occur due to the project activities.

4.3.2 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT The activities of proposed project will be confined within the site premises. During construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible. The construction activities will result in loss of topsoil and earthen material to some extent in the plant premises. However, it is proposed to use the soil and earthen material in greenbelt development. No solid or hazardous waste will be generated during construction thus no impact on soil environment is likely.

4.3.3 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY The proposed site is plain terrain and during the construction phase there would be proper leveling of the proposed site. There is no additional stress expected due to

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 197

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. this project activity on topography and soil strategy of the project site and its surroundings Since it is a new project, changes occur in topography due to excavation of soil in the proposed project area and construction of buildings and facilities. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.

4.3.4 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT The sources of air emissions during construction phase will be due to development of site, emissions from vehicles used for transportation of men and materials and emission from construction equipment’s. These activities are likely to result in emission of SO2, NO2, CO2 and Particulate matter. However, the quantity of these will be very negligible and that too only for a very short period. Hence no adverse impact on air quality is likely to occur.

4.3.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT No surface water body is located in the vicinity of the project site; hence project related impact on water environment would mainly be limited to the groundwater resources. The potential impacts during construction phases are assessed based on the various activities. ● Improper disposal of construction debris may lead to off-site contamination of water resources. ● Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps. ● Spillage of oil and grease from the vehicle maintenance activity and wastewater stream generated from activities, such as vehicles washing and maintenance.

Site Workshop: The repair and maintenance of equipments/ vehicles at site would generate waste containing oil and grease. The wastewater stream would also be generated from vehicle washing. The impact can be mitigated to a great extent by installing oil and grease traps during construction phase.

Construction of Roads and Parking Areas: The impact from the road construction depends on both the construction practices and the type of material used. Construction waste of electrical installation, painting

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 198

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. and flooring may create significant impact. This type of waste would be stock piled and disposed off to authorized vendor. Development of the proposed site could lead to stockpiling and excavation activity on site, thereby causing erosion of base soil. The run-off from the site may contain high quantity of suspended solids (SS). The impact of runoff may not be very significant except during rainy season. Further, construction of garland drains will reduce the runoff from the stockpiles Domestic Wastewater generated during construction, which will be collected in sewage collection tank [septic tank] The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid wastes. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed project is likely to be short term and insignificant. There seems no impact on the water environment of the study area.

4.3.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However, the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.

4.3.7 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY The proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts will be confined to the project site and will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling. However, 37.51 % of greenbelt will be developed in the proposed project site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project activities.

4.3.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The proposed project will requires a workforce of 100 persons during plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 199

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.

TABLE – 4.1: Summary – Identification of Impacts During Construction Phase S.No Components Aspect Potential Impacts

1 Topography & Site development No significant adverse Geology Impacts Construction activity Soil leading to topsoil removal Minor negative impact 2 and erosion. 3 Landuse & Land development Positive impact Aesthetics  Surface runoff from project site

 Oil/ fuel and waste spills 4 Water Quality Short term, but no  Improper debris disposal significant negative impact  Discharge of sewage from labour camp. Dust emissions from site Short term minor preparation, excavation, negative impact inside 5 Ambient Air Quality material handling and the site premises. other construction No negative impact activities at site. outside the site. Short term minor negative impact near Noise generated from noise generation sources construction activities, 6 Noise inside premises. operation of construction No significant impact on equipment and traffic. ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors. Ecology Flora and 7 Habitat disturbance during Short term minor Fauna construction activity. negative impact Increased job opportunity. Short term positive Economy related to 8 Socio – economy impact by employment semiskilled expected to generation boom. Haul Truck movement and Traffic possibility of traffic 9 Minor negative impact Pattern congestion outside site on Sector Road Proper disposal plan will Waste will be generated 10 Solid Waste be implemented. from construction activities No adverse impact

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 200

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

4.4. MITIGATIVE MEASURES OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE Mitigative measures of identified impacts during construction phase are listed in tabular form.

TABLE – 4.2: Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase

S. Components Impacts Mitigative Measures No Construction will be carried out within the site premises; therefore no change

will occur in land use pattern as well as there will not be any significant Topography & No significant Topographical change. However, 1 Geology adverse Impacts temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred but the construction activity will help in fixation of soil thereby reducing the soil erosion

The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods,

will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The Short term minor topsoil generated during construction Land/Soil negative impact shall be preserved and reused for 2 due to change in plantations top layer of soil Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed project site boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality Sort term negative impacts However, the unit will take following because of dust measures for control of dust emission due to emissions: 3 Ambient Air site cleaning,  Use of plastic cover sheet while Quality road laying, transporting construction material at earthwork, site transportation &  Storage of sand and other such construction dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet  Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet  Keeping minimum inventory/stock of

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 201

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. Components Impacts Mitigative Measures No sand and other such dispersible material at site  The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation.  Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression  During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

Proposed Greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase  Water requirement for construction phase will be very minor and for short period and that will be fulfilled by ground water source Thus, there will not be any significant impact on water environment  The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be disposed of Short term, but through septic tank into soak pit. 4 no significant Water Quality  Measures will be implemented to negative impact prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil.  Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through.  All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.  The noise generated from Short term construction machinery will be kept negative impact low by keeping the moving parts due to increase serviced and properly lubricated. in noise level by  The construction activity will be 5 site cleaning, carried out during day time only. Noise road laying,  Vehicular movement carrying earthwork, materials will be avoided during night transportation & time. construction  The vehicles will be regularly activities maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 202

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. Components Impacts Mitigative Measures No  Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers  Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the noise Short term minor  The felling of trees will be kept at negative impact Ecology Flora minimum. but, long term 6 and  Adequate Greenbelt will be positive impact Fauna developed. due to green belt

development  Temporary employment will be Short term generated due to construction 7 Socio - positive impact activities and related services like economy by employment transportation of construction generation materials, mechanical erections etc. [25 Workers] Minor negative 8 Traffic Pattern  impact Waste will be generated from No adverse construction activities 9 Solid Waste impact Proper disposal plan will be implemented.

4.5. PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the production starts. The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on the environment and are considered for impact assessment:  Air environment  Water resources and quality  Noise levels  Land use  Soil quality  Solid waste  Terrestrial and aquatic ecology  Demography and socio-economics.  Hydrology & Geology

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 203

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

4.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.

4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.

A. Flue gas Emissions Boilers and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers. A 500 KVA DG Set will be kept as standby power during power failures.

PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boilers and DG set. The emissions from the boiler stacks and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.3 & 4.4.

TABLE 4.3: Emission Details from Proposed Boiler Stack 2.0 TPH Coal fired 3.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Boiler Indian Coal with CV Indian Coal with CV Type of Fuel -- of 4000 kcal/kg to of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50 Ash Content % 35 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 1 Height of stack M 30 30 Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14 Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 204

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 4.4: Emission Details from DG Set Stack Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas of SPM in Of SO2 in of NOx In dia. Temp. in Height Velocity mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 In m OC in (m) In m/sec. 500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14

B. Process Emissions The Predicted Process emissions are

 CO2, [Carbon dioxide] – Pollutant

 SO2, [Sulphur dioxide] - Pollutant

 O2, [Oxygen] – Non Pollutant  HCl [Hydrochloric acid] - Pollutant  NH3 [Ammonia] – Pollutant

 CH3Cl [Chloromethane] – Pollutant  HF [Hydrogen fluoride] – Pollutant  H2 [Hydrogen] - Non Pollutant  HBr [Hydrogen Bromide] - Pollutant Which will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product output.

C. Fugitive emission The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are  Storage & Handling of raw materials  Storage & Handling of Solvents.  During reaction period  During Product filtrations & Finished operations The raw materials will be stored in PP bags, Fibre drums and HDPE drums in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Solvents are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 205

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies. Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory. In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , and oxides of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the study area.

Methodology Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation, dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the 3 predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m )

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 206

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level concentrations (GLC’s)

Data Used for Computation Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018. Details of the data used for computations are given below:

Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.2.

Meteorological Data The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of Oct – 2018 to Dec - 2018, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.

Dispersion Modeling Results The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values for PM, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.5 to Table 4.6. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for PM, SO2 & NOx.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 207

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 4.5: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations Maximum Incremental GLCs Distance Season (μg/m3) Direction (km) PM SO2 NOx Oct – 2018 to 0.975 2.34 2.59 0.5 NW Dec – 2018

TABLE 4.6: Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's Maximum Incremental NAAQ Resultant Baseline Concentrations due Standards Pollutant Concentration Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 69.3 0.975 70.275 100

SO2 15.4 2.34 17.74 80 NOx 22.8 2.59 25.39 80

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of PM,

SO2 & NOx will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 & 3 3 NOx (80 μg/m ) and PM10 (100μg/m ) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 208

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF PM

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 209

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 210

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 211

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

MITIGATION MEASURES The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by adopting the following;  Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.  Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors and Storage tanks.  Adequate stacks of height 30 mts will be provided to the 2 TPH & 3 TPH boilers respectively.  Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag filters will be provided to the boiler.

Table No.4.7 Process Emission details and mitigation measures Quantity In S. No. Name of the Gas Treatment Method Kg/Day 1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution 4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere Diffused by using Nitrogen through 5 Hydrogen 16 Flame arrestor 6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media 7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere 8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution 9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution

 In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.

ODOR CONTROL The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to Raw materials  Storage / Handling  Transportation of raw materials Process  Raw materials transportation  During reaction  Drying

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 212

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

ETP Operations Storage / Handling Storage  Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and finished products.  Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture.  Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.  Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant activities.  The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all necessary measures to control odours.

Handling  All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard practice.  For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to entire shed.  To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.

Transportation of Raw materials  All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation.  The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.  The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed containers.

Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 213

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Control measures  To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection test and repair activities.  Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate corrective action.  Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks.  Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.

Cleaner production practices Process vessels:  Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing will be done by metering system to avoid odour.  Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.

Storage tanks  Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.

House keeping  Keep work areas clean.  Keep aisles clear.  Keep exits and entrances clear.  Use proper waste collection containers.  Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly.  Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.

4.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT With respect to water environment; three aspects are considered in EIA, availability & Requirement of fresh water, Wastewater generation and its disposal.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 214

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Fresh Water Requirement The total water requirement for the proposed project is 134.13 KLD. Water requirement of unit is met through Ground water.

Waste water generation Total effluent generation is 52.86 KLD, which is from process, scrubbers, boiler, cooling towers and washing activities. The HTDS waste water of 19.18 KLD from Process after neutralization taken for treatment in stripper followed by MEE and ATFD. LTDS waste water of 33.68 KLD including domestic sewage, floor Washes.

Disposal of Effluent – ZLD System Utilities waste water taken along with Vapour Condensate from MEE & ATFD for Biological Effluent Treatment plant. Treated effluent from ETP sent to RO and RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects are sent to MEE followed by ATFD for evaporation. Evaporation salts collected and sent to TSDF. MEE & ATFD vapour condensate reused along with RO permeate.

MITIGATION MEASURES  Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.  The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 40 KLD capacity, Biological Treatment system of 55 KLD and RO system with 50 KLD capacities for treatment of 52.86 KLD effluents generated from plant operations.  Total Water requirement is 134.13 KLD out of which 43.50 KLD recycled water recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.  The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.  The groundwater levels need to be monitored with setting up of piezometers in the core and buffer zone.  Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table.  Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 215

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.  Conjunctive use of groundwater.

4.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT PREDICTION OF IMPACT Identification of potential impacts on noise environment from the proposed project is as important as other components of the environment. The main sources of noise pollution are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db [A] [during day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.

MITIGATION MEASURES To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures,  Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, exhaust mufflers, buffers and / or abatement measures that will be implemented.  Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs.  Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.  Green Belt Development.

4.9. LAND/ SOIL ENVIRONMENT IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS Infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as subsequent developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area. The impact on land and soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 216

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS  The Proposed project will be carried out within the acquired land premises; there will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in surrounding area. Moreover, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and infrastructure are already available in the area.  There will not be any disposal of untreated effluent on land. Industrial wastewater will be properly treated and reuse in various activities within the premises.  Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. However, the regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines will be carried out and proper care will be taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.

MITIGATION MEASURES  During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil.  Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils.  In case of any spillage, the same will be collected and treated in ETP. The unit will provide an adequate designated storage area with impervious flooring system and roof cover with leachate collection system for the storage of hazardous wastes.  Leachate, if any will be collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there will not be any chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous waste.  The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 217

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit. Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.

4.10. IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is mentioned at Chapter - 2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste. Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table. The ash from boilers will be used in the brick manufacturing. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.

MITIGATION MEASURES To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following

Mitigation measures can be implemented:  There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and from the storage of generated effluent from the project.  The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.  The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse.  Classification of waste, Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale to authorized recycler or re-user.  Data Management and Reporting  Personnel Training

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 218

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal mode

Table No.4.8 Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Details Organic waste (Process 1 1406 Residue) 2 Spent Carbon 71 Sent to Cement Industries 3 Solvent distillation residue 441 Organic Evaporate ( liquid 4 380 from MEE stripper) SPCB Authorized Agencies for 5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day Reprocessing/Recycling 6 ETP Sludge 350 7 Inorganic waste 504 Sent to TSDF 8 MEE Salts 2868 SPCB Authorized Agencies for 9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum Reprocessing/Recycling After Detoxification sent back to 10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month suppliers/sent to outside Parties Send back to suppliers for 11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year buyback of New Batteries Solid Waste Details 12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers

4.11. IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned: 1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity. 2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation. 3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. 4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 219

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

NEGATIVE IMPACTS As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity.

MOST PROBABLE SCENARIO As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.

MITIGATION MEASURES Extensive plantation and green area development of 3.37 Acres is planned in the proposed project along with landscaping. This is hereby ensured that the mostly indigenous/local plants will be planted all around the periphery of the project area and along the compound wall sides. Plantations would be of large leaf trees that provide adequate shade and are semi evergreen to evergreen. Various native and indigenous trees would be planted for mitigation purpose

4.12. IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 220

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.

MITIGATION MEASURES  Due to proposed activity the employment generation will be around 100 persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff. Local qualified personnel can be employed.  Under CSR & CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 54 lakhs to take up Environment & welfare activities.

4.13. IMPACTS ON HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY  The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of plants / crops.  The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely affect the soil, surface and groundwater.

MITIGATION MEASURES  Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects.  The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 221

CHAPTER -V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES This chapter deals with the criteria for site selection and process technology in the proposed project by assessment of alternatives and comprehensive comparison of all potential impacts, both direct and indirect and cumulative, on the environment. The goal of evaluating alternatives is to find the most effective way of meeting the need and purpose of the proposal.

5.1. SITE SELECTION CRITERIA SITE LOCATION: To establish a Bulk drugs & Intermediates manufacturing, the site is selected at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state based on these factors Practicability, Feasibility, Relevance, Reasonable & Viability. TABLE 5.1: SITE DESCRIPTION Project location Details Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E Annual Max Temp is 44.9 0C Annual Min Temp is 15.4 0C Climatic Conditions Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.7 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010) Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m) Nature of Land Patta Land Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW) Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE) National Highway National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) (Hyderabad – Vijayawa da Road) Railway station Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE) Airport Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE) Telangana State – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Interstate Boundary Boundary – 400 meters (NE) Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 Historical Places km (E) Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Water Bodies within 10 km radius Palleru River – 5.5 km (E)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 222

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW) Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Reserve Forest within 10 km Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) radius Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE) Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)

The proposed project site is identified based on the following considerations:  Land acquired for proposed Project is 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m), topographically the area is generally plain, with gentle slope.  The area is not covered by any notified forests.  Proximity of National Highways and railways stations, for transport of raw materials and manufactured products.  Availability of infrastructure facilities.  Well connected road networks.

The location of the site have distinct advantages such as accessibility to Road, Rail, Electricity, Ground water and other facilities which are adequate for the proposed project and hence, no alternate sites were considered.

5.2. SELECTION OF PROCESS TECHNOLOGY  Proposed to manufacture different types of bulk drugs & intermediates.  All the products will be manufactured on a batch basis.  The products are categorized on similarity in process or therapeutic usage.  Bulk Drugs substances typically consist of structurally complex organic chemical compounds which are manufactured via a series of intermediate steps and reactions under precise process conditions.

The drug intermediates are manufactured by:  Chemical synthesis;

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 223

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Isolation / recovery from natural sources; and /or  Combination of above. In the proposed project, resource availability may limit the range of alternatives in a particular context. Bulk drugs & Intermediates will be manufactured using proven Chemical synthesis technology; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed thus, no new or untested technology will be used.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 224

CHAPTER -VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1. INTRODUCTION Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during plant in operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental quality due to operation of the expansion project, to enable taking up suitable mitigative steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

The baseline study is carried out for post monsoon season. Hence, post project monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality to ascertain the following:

 State of Pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity.  Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.  Examine the efficiency of air pollution control system adopted at the site.  To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC & Consent to Operate issued by SPCB. Six monthly compliance reports will be submitted on regular basis, to MoEF&CC, Regional Office, Nalgonda on 1st of June & 1st of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to Operate will be submitted to SPCB on regular basis.

6.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. The company will establish full-

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 225 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. fledged environmental management cell (EMC) reporting directly to Plant Manager for environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will takes care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians is deputed for maintenance, up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at the best of their efficiencies. For effective and consistent functioning of the plant, the EMS at the site will be strengthened further with the following:

 Environmental management cell covering EHS (Environment, Health & Safety) team  Environmental Monitoring  Personnel Training  Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan  Documentation – Standard operating procedures, Environmental Management plans and other records

6.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL RESPONSIBILITIES It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell will be as under:

 To implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP)  To ensure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations  To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices  To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP  To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule  Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures with reference to prescribed standards  Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental laws for ready reference.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 226 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Maintain environment related records.  Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories.  Organising meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and reporting to the committee.

To improve the capacity building of the Environment Department, as a part of the management, a separate division will be created under the leadership of Plant Manager, who is assisted by EHS - Manager will be working for day to day operation of environmental management systems with documentation, procedures & Compliances. All executives/Supervisors and workmen/Helpers will be responsible for the operations. The Organizational Structure of Environmental Health and Safety is presented in Fig. 6.1.

Any non-compliances/violations of serious nature will be addressed by the Plant general manager in consultation with the directly involved officials and will report to the Board of Directors of the company. The primary focus is to comply with the regulations and work out on action taken report to be placed before the Board of Directors. Similarly a preventive action for non-recurrence of such violations/non-compliances will also be worked out and strict monitoring will be done by the Management for implementation of the same

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 227 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Fig. 6.1: Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety

6.4. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE Monitoring may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socioeconomic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints. Monitoring will also be required to meet compliance with statutory and corporate requirements. Finally, monitoring results will provide the basis for auditing.

6.4.1. OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to  Verify effectiveness of planning decisions  Measure effectiveness of operational procedures  Confirm statutory and corporate compliance and  Identify unexpected changes.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 228 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

6.4.2. MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASES Environmental monitoring schedules of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. are prepared covering various phases of project advancement, such as construction and operation phases.

Construction Phase The proposed project envisages setting up of buildings and machinery, establishment of production and storage facilities. The construction activities are expected to last for about one year. As there are no major construction activities for the plant, simple and generic environmental monitoring measures that need to be undertaken during project construction stage.

Operation Phase During operation stage of the project, air emissions from process areas, Boilers and DG set. Full-fledged Effluent treatment plant with ZLD Scheme operates for water recovery and reuse, hazardous and nonhazardous waste generation is envisaged. The following attributes which meet regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

 Source emissions and ambient air quality.  Work zone monitoring for VOCs/ solvents in air.  Groundwater levels and ground water quality in bore wells.  Raw and ETP effluent quality.  Hazardous and solid waste characterization (process hazardous waste, ash, ETP sludge, used and waste oils).  Soil quality.  Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise levels) and  Ecological preservation and afforestation.

Monitoring Schedule: Details of the Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule, which will be undertaken for various environmental components are detailed below:

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 229 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Table 6.1: Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details Sl. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring 1 Ambient Air Quality at Plant site Once in a month 2 Water Quality Monthly Basis 3 Noise Level Monitoring Monthly Basis 4 Soil Quality Once in six months

Methodology Adopted: Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC, Consent order issued by concerned State PCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The plant site is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the plant site is considered to be the buffer zone. In the Buffer zone slight impact may be observed and that too is occasional.

Table No. 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Sl. No Potential Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring Stack emissions from Process emissions Monthly with process stacks to (HCl, SO2, NH3, recommended be optimized and as applicable) methods of CPCB monitored Stack emissions Emissions Monthly with from Boilers, DG (PM, SO2, HC, recommended sets to be NOx) methods of CPCB monitored Ambient air quality within the plant premises of the Ambient air quality proposed will conform to the 1 Air Emissions expansion unit and Online continuous standards for nearby habitations AAQ one station NAAQ parameters to be monitored. and Monthly in (MoEF circular Exhaust from Industry and dated 16-11- vehicles to be nearby habitants 2009) and HCl, Cl2 minimized by use with recommended and HC Vehicle of fuel efficient methods of CPCB. logs to be vehicles and well maintained maintained vehicles having PUC certificate. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the Vehicle logs Daily records extent possible

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 230 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Sl. No Potential Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring Noise generated from operation of boiler/cooling towers to be optimized and monitored (3 Noise Level locations within recording; Leq Regular and plant and 2 (night), Monthly locations outside 2 Noise Levels Leq (day), Leq (dn) plant) Noise generated from operation of DG sets to be optimized and monitored Vehicle Generation of Maintenance Monthly vehicular noise records ETP performance will be monitored for raw and treated effluent Segregated Daily with internal characteristics for effluent Stream lab and monthly reuse of treated wise (3 streams) from authorized lab Waste water effluent. 3 Discharge Basic parameters like pH, TSS, TDS, COD, Oil & grease In-house ETP Daily monitoring at treated Effluents pH, TDS, COD and In- house reuse in Cooling Temperature etc. Laboratory for Towers treated effluent Ensure drainage Drainage and system and Visual inspection 4 effluent specific design of drainage and Daily Management measures are records thereof working effectively. Surface and Comprehensive Groundwater 5 Water Quality monitoring as per Quarterly quality surrounding BIS 10500-2012. plant site Contaminants such as VOCs to be Indoor monitoring Work zone 6 reduced by of On Daily Basis air quality providing adequate VOCs. ventilation Hazardous / Implement waste Records of solid Regular Basis 7 Solid Waste management plan waste generation, during operation

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 231 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Sl. No Potential Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring Management that identifies and storage and phase characterizes disposal every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising. 3 locations within plant site, solid Physico-chemical On regular basis waste storage 8 Soil quality parameters and (Once in six area, near Heavy metals. Months) production block and ETP area Employees and All relevant migrant labour parameters Once in a Year health check -up including HIV  Comprehensive Pre-employment medical checkup for all employees.  Medical examination will be done for all the employees once in a year. Occupational 9  Tie up with local hospitals and Govt. health monitoring Health system will be engaged during emergency.  Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable.  All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by Environmental Management Cell (EMC) that these are used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed.

6.5. LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS Location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis of prevailing micro – meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind direction & wind speed, Relative Humidity, Temperature. Post project air quality monitoring will be carried out at plant site and 2 locations (one each in upwind and downwind direction) to asses ambient air quality of the area. Major surface water body lies within 10 km area of plant site and ground water quality monitoring will be carried out. Regular monitoring of noise will be done to control noise levels at plant site. Soil quality will be tested of the plant site area

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 232 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. regularly to keep check on any leakage in storing hazardous waste. Locations for the post project monitoring will be as under:

Table 6.3: Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations S. Description Location of Monitoring No. Plant site, Villages in upwind & downwind direction 1 Ambient Air Quality (with Max. Ground level concentration) from the plant site Plant Boundary, High Noise generating areas within 2 Noise Level Monitoring the plant boundary From Nearby Surface water Source and Ground 3 Water Quality Water Source 4 Soil Quality At plant Site and Nearby area

6.6. MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS 6.6.1. AIR QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS Stack Monitoring: The emissions from all the stacks will be monitored for exit gas temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations. Any deviation from the design criteria will be thoroughly examined and appropriate correction will be initiated. Air blowers will be checked for any drop in exit gas velocity. The monitoring will be done by authorised laboratory and test result will be submitted to the SPCB.

Work Zone Monitoring: The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/work zone environment will be monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limits are observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be identified and necessary measures taken. In addition, industry will continue to monitor the VOC in all process & storage areas on regular basis. In case, the levels are high, suitable measures as detailed in EMP will be implemented.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: The concentrations of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, CO and HC in the ambient air will be monitored at regular intervals. In case of any excess concentration in the ambient air quality due to the proposed production enhancement, proponent will take necessary action and follow the air pollution control measures. Greenbelt will further be developed for minimising dust propagation. The ambient air quality data will be transferred and processed in a centralised computer facility

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 233 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis will be carried out as per the CPCB guidelines.

6.6.2. WATER AND WASTEWATER QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for existing and proposed facilities for all major inlets in expansion. All leakages will be identified and rectified. In addition, periodic water audits will be conducted to explore possibility of water conservation.

Industry will analyse the basic parameters and the procedures prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association (AWWA) will be followed for all the parameters of monitoring. As per the CPCB guidelines, industry will be installed the online sensors in the treated effluent for pH, Conductivity and DO with night vision cameras.

Surface and Groundwater Monitoring: The monitoring of Surface and groundwater is the most important tool to know the variations from the baseline study. This is indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste constituents in ground water in case of leachate migration. In this project, chances are very less for leachate as the total effluent is segregated and is sent to ETP – ZLD and the treated effluent will be reused in cooling tower. The water samples from the nearby surface water bodies and bore wells will be analysed for relevant parameters as per monitoring program. Records of analysis will be documented.

Monitoring of Wastewater Streams: All the segregated wastewater streams will be regularly measured for physic - chemical, nutrient and demand parameters. The monitoring will be carried out from stream wise raw wastewater, raw and treated effluent characteristics of ETPs before recycling to utilities. These data will be documented and compared against the design performance values of ETPs for necessary corrective action.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 234 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The ETP will be operated and maintained by existing & additional skilled and dedicated personnel. Daily log sheets for no. of hours of the ETP operation, chemicals, electrical and steam consumption; effluent monitored parameters with their results, etc. will continue to be maintained.

6.6.3. NOISE LEVELS Noise levels in the work zone environment such as boiler house, cooling tower area, and DG house will be monitored. The frequency will be once in a month in the work zone. Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources.

6.6.4. SOIL QUALITY Soil quality will be tested for the parameters given in schedule for every six months.

6.7. REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the EMP will be undertaken. The environmental monitoring department will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agency. The frequency of reporting will be on monthly basis to the local state PCB officials and six monthly reports to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities in Form V Environmental Statement.

6.8. ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY Environmental laboratory will be well-equipped analytical instruments and consumable items for monitoring of environmental parameters at the site. Alternatively, monitoring will be continued to be outsourced to a recognized/approved laboratory. The equipment and consumable items will be made available at the site for environmental monitoring. The sampling is done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS: 2488. The equipment’s will be in the Environmental Laboratory are Heating Mantle, Digital conductivity meter, Digital pH Meter, COD Digestion Apparatus, BOD Incubator, Hot air oven, Muffle Furnace, Thermometer, Microprocessor based conductivity meter,

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 235 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Microprocessor based pH Stat Analyzer, Electronic Balance, HOT Plate, Mechanical Balance, Hand Held DO meter, Hand Held Turbidity meter, Magnetic Stirrer and consumables, chemicals and Glassware.

6.8.1. AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY Proposed: Manual AAQ monitoring stations – 3 Nos., on monthly basis third party monitoring will be done by NABL / MoEF&CC authorised laboratory and the test report will be verified for any deviation in air quality standards for corrective action and the test reports will be submitted to the respective SPCB.

6.9. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASPECTS All the preventive and corrective actions of environmental impacts to protect the health of all the employees from any possible occupational health problems, the periodical medical and health checkups of all the employees will be done to assess the any occupational health problems.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 236

CHAPTER -VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES [RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT]

SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to manufacture Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at survey No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana State and is covered under Category- A of the EIA Notification – 2006. Public Hearing was held on 07-08-2019 at the project site. PH minutes are enclosed as Enclosure –I.

7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report.  Risk Assessment  Disaster management plan  Occupational Health

7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY The QRA (Quantitative Risk Assessment) study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References (TORs) given for Environment Clearance (EC). The study has been carried out with a view to comply TOR points with respect to Risk assessment.

7.1.2 Methodology: The following parameters are considered to prepare Quantitative Risk Assessment. 1. Discussions were held with Plant officials on proposed individual safety systems of plant operations. 2. Hazard Identification exercise in coordination with plant officials was conducted taking into consideration the proposed storage of Hazardous Chemicals/Solvents, operating parameters and proposed safety systems. 3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals & hazardous chemicals have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than chronic risks. 4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 237

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.2 Risk Assessment SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will handle various chemicals, some of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive and systematic methods have been adopted in Hazard Identification and Quantitative Risk Assessment to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of the plants. The same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.

7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies.

The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed project, major risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk associated with the flammable chemicals storages have been determined semi- quantitatively as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by using order of magnitude data (risk ranking = severity/consequence factor X likelihood/probability factor). Significance of such project related risks have been established through their classification as high, medium, low, very low depending upon risk ranking. It provides basis for:  The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan  The types of safety measures required

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 238

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS  Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date.  Hazard assessment in the proposed plant is carried out examining the Liquid and solid chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations of toxic chemicals such as Thionyl chloride and solid chemicals such as Sodium borohydride, Potassium hydroxide, Raney Nickel and Storage of Flammable liquid chemicals such as Methanol, Toluene, Acetone, Ethyl Acetate, IPA, n- hexane, in bulk quantities in plant premises, locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.

Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:  Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage tanks, pipe line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any spark.  Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer lines  Fire hazard due to leakage of flammable chemicals from transfer pumps gland leaks.  Spillage/Leakage of Hazardous chemicals – Solvents, Acetic acid, HCl, Thionyl chloride which leads to Air pollution, Water pollution and Soil pollution  Hydrogen gas explosion at high pressure during Lopinavir and Ritonavir production.

The exposure to hazards depends upon the concentration of hazard, Frequency and duration. The exposure to hazard could be controlled by reducing either the concentration of hazard, frequency or duration. After a critical analysis of the chemicals propose to use, stored and for products to manufacture a defined safe operating procedures will be in place with safety and mitigation measures to overcome the hazards. The exposure to the hazard could be controlled by implementing the following:  Engineering controls at the source

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 239

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment  Inspection of solvents transfers pipelines & Hydrogen gas conveying lines once in a month.  Earthing to all storage tanks and providing jumpers to transfer pipe lines to have continuity of earthing.  Process reactor which is proposing to use for hydrogenation should be kept away from production block to minimize the effect in case of explosion.  Providing suitable personal protective equipment  Employing experienced trained personnel

All the proposed process reactors will have temperature control and pressure control system for process as well as suitable Rupture disc followed by a safety valve to avoid explosion due to excess pressure.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 240

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

TABLE 7.1: AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED WITH MITIGATION MEASURES SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 1] Raw Spillage of Low to 1. Approved layout as per legal 1. Area will be cordoned off. Material chemicals medium & requirements. 2. Information will be passed to Storage 4 persons 2. Flame proof electrical fittings will Emergency control center is area be installed informed. 3. Chemicals will be stored in safe 3. Information will be given to the Containers with secondary declarer of emergency on the containment to prevent spillages. scale of Leakage. 4. Storage quantity is limited 4. Emergency Response teams will 5. Storage area will be well ventilated be kept on alert for swift response. by a forced air ventilation system. 5. All hot works being carried out in 6. Material will be accessed only by the surrounding areas will be authorized personnel using stopped mechanized systems 6. Personnel working in the area will 7. Double door entry to ensure a be evacuated. clean atmosphere. 7. Spilled powders will be collected 8. Showers will be provided for using vacuum cleaners. decontamination. 8. The spillage will be cleared and 9. Personnel will be provided with full the area is made fit work body protection suits and nose 9. In case of liquid chemical spillage, masks to prevent exposure to the container will be shifted from chemicals. ware house to the outside for 10. Fire hydrant system with hydrant arresting the leakage and points with hose reels and nozzles transferring the contents to another

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 241

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED will be installed to mitigate fire vessel depends on situation. hazards 11. Fire extinguishers will be deployed The area where leakage is occurred adequately will be neutralized if necessary and 12. Fully fledged medical center will cleaned. be arranged 13. Periodical occupational health The warehouse will have good checks will be done to personnel ventilation so as to minimize the working in the area to Access concentration of respective chemical health effects, if any. in the working area. 14. Liquid chemicals such as , MIBK,THF and Thionyl chloride will be stored in dedicated area.

Solid chemicals such as Sodium borohydride, Sodium hydroxide, Potassium hydroxide will be stored in dedicated area.

Solid and liquid chemicals will not be stored in the same area. 2] Solvents Fire, Medium to 1. Storage facility will be provided in 1. Area will be cordoned off. Storage Flammable High & isolated area to have natural 2. No Hot work will be carried out in area area of 2 persons ventilation the vicinity to prevent accidental vapor cloud

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 242

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be spread of fire. allowed in storage area to prevent 3. Personnel working in the area will any fire hazard. be evacuated 3. No electrical gadgets or items 4. Emergency control center will be capable of generating static informed electric charges will be permitted 5. Information will be given to the in the area. declarer of emergency on the 4. Personnel will be trained about scale of Leakage of solvent, Fire. Do‘s & Don‘ts during emergency. 6. Emergency Response teams will 5. No heat sources will be permitted be kept on alert for swift response. near the Facility. 7. The leakage will be cleared and 6. Hot work will be controlled through the area is made fit work a work permit system 8. In case leakage is found, the 7. For all storage tanks double contents will be transferred to a earthing will be arranged spare tank or in to HDPE drums. 8. Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided to for containment in case of leakage of chemical /solvent. 9. Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel. 10. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire extinguishers will be provided

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 243

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED at all solvent storage tanks 11. Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be provided in the solvents storage area. 12. Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in the storage tanks area. 13. Flame arrestor will be provided for each storage tank. 3] Production Spillages / Low to 1. Flame proof electrical fittings will 1. Area will be cordoned off. Block Fire/ Toxic medium be installed 2. Power supply will be cut off to the gas release 25 persons 2. Freight lift will be installed for area to prevent accidental fire.

movement of material 3. All hot work carried out in the

3. Material will be stored at vicinity will be stopped. production blocks in safe 4. Emergency control center will be containers for batch charging informed. with secondary containment to 5. Information will be given to the prevent Spillages. declarer of emergency on the 4. Earthing and bonding will be scale of spillage / fire/Toxic gas

carried out for all reactor vessels release

and pipelines 6. Emergency Response teams will 5. Nitrogen lines will be provided to be kept on alert for swift reaction vessel to create inert response. atmosphere inside the reactor to 7. Personnel working in the area will avoid fire and explosion be evacuated.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 244

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 6. Work permit system will be 8. Scrubber will be kept in operating implemented for hazard condition with caustic scrubbing assessment in case of any hot solution

work / work at elevated places. 9. Fire hydrant system will be put in

7. Manufacturing area will be use. ventilated by a Forced air 10. If situation beyond control ventilation system to prevent information will be given to formation of flammable mixture. Inspector of factories, police, fire 8. Fire hydrant system with hydrant department for their assistance. points with hose reels and

nozzles will be installed to

mitigate fire hazards

9. Fire extinguishers will be

deployed adequately 10. Emergency exit door will be provided to each floor for safe escape in case of emergency

11. Eye wash fountain / Body shower

will be provided for

decontamination at each floor.

12. Limit switches will be provided for centrifuges for safe operation. 13. Nitrogen purging will be

arranged for each Centrifuge to

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 245

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED prevent formation of explosive flammable mixture. 14. Each reactor will be connected to

a scrubber to neutralize or

decrease the pressure in case sudden rise in pressure.

Production Toxic gases 25 persons Material will be transferred to reactor 1. Scrubber will be kept in operating operations release by experienced operating personnel condition with cooled water under mild negative pressure to avoid circulation during transfer of the release of fumes to atmosphere material. 2. Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response 3. Area will be cordoned off. 4. Emergency control center will be informed 5. Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage. 6. Neighboring industries and statutory authorities will be informed in case situation is severe. 4] Boiler Fire/ Low to 1. All requirements specified under 1. Shutting down the plant, declaring House Explosion medium & Boiler Act will be followed the emergency.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 246

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 2 persons 2. All electrical fittings will be of 2. Electrical supply will be isolated. flame proof Type. 3. Type of emergency will be 3. Entry will be restricted only to informed to the emergency trained and authorized personnel declarer/ central authority. to work in the area. 4. Emergency response teams will be 4. Fire extinguishers will be kept on alert for swift action. positioned at different locations in 5. Movement of personnel and case of any Emergencies. vehicles will be prohibited. 5. No material storage will be Adequate no. of Fire hydrant permitted in the Area. system will be put in use. 6. Auto level controller for Water and high temperature alarms will be provided. 7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise. 8. Area will be well ventilated and illuminated for safe working. 9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation. 10. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts. 11. Periodical cleaning of soot in

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 247

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED furnace to prevent formation of explosive mixtures. 12. Checking of boiler internals as per given schedule to prevent Accidents. 13. Signage‘s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area 5] Diesel Noise & Fire Low & 1. Noise abatement through modular 1. Information will be given to Generator 1 person acoustic paneling of D. G. set Emergency control center. 2. Secondary containment is done to 2. Power supply will be cut off to the prevent Diesel leakage from day storage area to prevent tanks. accidental fire. 3. Adequate no. of fire extinguishers 3. All hot work around the area will will be kept to handle emergency. be stopped and the area will be 4. Entry access to the area will be cordoned off only for Authorized personnel. 4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages. 5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response. 6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 248

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED working in the area to assess exposure to noise. 6] Electrical Electric Low to 1. Layout confirm to legal 1. Information will be given to sub -station shock / fire Medium & requirements as per Indian Emergency control center. 2 persons Electrical Rules. 2. Power supply will be cut off from 2. Entry will be restricted to licensed incoming source. and authorized personnel only. 3. Earthing will be provided for 3. Electricity supply company will be leakage of stray currents. alerted for cut off power supply in 4. Electronic mimic panels will be case of major risks installed for fault indication at the 4. All hot work around the area will entry of the sub-station. be stopped and the area is 5. Insulating rubber mats confirming cordoned off. to IS: 15652- 2006 will be 5. The concerned maintenance provided in front of all electrical panel boards. personnel will be carried repairs 6. Periodical inspection and to restore normalcy. maintenance will be carried out 6. Emergency Response Team will to ensure good health of the be kept on alert for swift equipment. response 7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires 7] Hazardous Fire/Leakage Low to 1. Storage shed will be at an 1. Information will be given to waste Medium & isolated location. Emergency control center. storage 1 Person 2. Conditions specified in 2. Power supply will be cut off from shed hazardous waste Authorization incoming source.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 249

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED issued by SPCB will be 3. All hot work around the area will implemented. be stopped and the area is 3. Compatible wastes will be stored cordoned off

in separate enclosures 4. The concerned maintenance

4. Layout provides adequate personnel will be carried repairs ventilation and illumination to restore normalcy 5. Secondary containment provided 5. Fire hydrant system will be put in to prevent leakages / spillages use 6. Storage quantity will be limited. 6. Emergency Response Team will 7. Periodical disposal of be kept on alert for swift accumulated waste will be sent response. to authorize landfills. 7. Support of external agencies will 8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be sought in case situation poses be installed to prevent fire / major risks and is not controllable explosion hazards by in-house infrastructure 9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on body parts. 10. PPE box will be equipped with gum boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons for use during handling of chemicals. 11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 250

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

SEVERITY & S. IDENTIFIED NO. OF AREA PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES No. HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED only. 12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 251

EIA Report SGR Laboratories

7.3 List of Solvents/Chemicals Table 7.2: LIST OF SOLVENTS/ CHEMICALS MAX. S. NAME OF PHYSICAL MODE OF NATURE OF NFPA INVENTORY IN No SOLVENT/CHEMICAL STATE STORAGE HAZARD RATING TONS 1 Methanol Liquid MS Tank 40 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0 2 Toluene Liquid MS Tank 40 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0 3 MDC Liquid MS Tank 20 Harmful H : 2 F: 1 R : 0 4 Acetone Liquid MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0 5 Ethyl acetate Liquid MS Tank 10 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0 6 HCl Liquid PP+FRP Tank 2 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:1 7 Sulfuric acid Liquid HDPE Carboys 0.5 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:2 8 Hydrogen Gas Cylinders 50 nos Explosive H:0 F:4 R:0 9 THF Liquid HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 1 10 Thionyl chloride Liquid HDPE Carboys 2 Toxic H:4 F:0 R:2 11 Raney nickel Solid HDPE Carboys 0.1 Flammable H:2 F:4 R:1 12 Sodium borohydride Solid HDPE Carboys 0.3 Flammable H:3 F:4 R:2 13 n-Hexane Liquid HDPE Drums 3 Flammable H:1 F:3 R:0 14 DMF Liquid HDPE Drums 1 Flammable H:1 F:2 R:0 15 Acetic acid Liquid HDPE Drums 0.3 Corrosive H:3 F:2 R:0 16 IPA Liquid MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 252

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.4 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals Acetone: It is a clear, volatile, flammable liquid. Vapors may form explosive mixtures with air. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground to some distance source of ignition and flash back.

On combustion may emit toxic fumes of carbon monoxide and CO2. This product causes irritation of eyes, skin, and mucous membranes in case of contact. It will cause lung damage if swallowed. Do not breathe vapors. Flash point: -20o C. Boiling point; 56.2o C Explosive limits: Lower: 2.6% Upper: 12.8 %

N-Hexane: It is a clear, volatile, highly flammable liquid. Vapors may form explosive mixture with air. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground to some distance source of ignition and flash back. Fire or intense heat may cause violent rupture of packages. Hazardous combustion products may include carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide.

Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical. Suppress vapors/mists with a water spray jet.

In case of spillage soak up with inert absorbent material such as sand, silica gel, saw dust. Do not use sparking tools. Do not allow product to enter sewer or waterways.

Store in a well-ventilated place to effectively remove and prevent buildup of any vapors or mists generated from handling of this product.

While handling wear impervious gloves and anti-static protective clothing. For leak, spills, or other emergency, use full protective equipment. It is incompatible with oxidizers, halogens, chromates, perchlorates, peroxides. Flash point: -22o C. Boiling point; 69o C Explosive limits: Lower: 1.1% Upper: 7.5 %

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 253

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Methanol: Extremely flammable and vapor may form ignitable vapor- air mixtures in storage tanks or other containers. Ignition and busing can release carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and non combustible hydrocarbons (Smoke) Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical. Suppress vapors/mists with a water spray jet. While handling wear impervious gloves and anti-static protective clothing. For leak, spills, or other emergency, use full protective equipment. Inhalation can Cause dizziness, head ache and nausea, kidney and liver disorder Flash point: 12o C. Boiling point; 64.5o C Explosive limits: Lower: 6% Upper: 36.5 %

Raney nickel catalyst: Keep container tightly closed and to be stored in a cool, well- ventilated area. Do not allow material to dry. If allowed to dry in air, it turns to red hot and provides a combustion source for exposed combustible materials. It should be kept away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, flammable solvents and source of ignition. In case of spill, do not touch the spilled material. Cover with wet earth and sand. Eliminate all ignition sources. Always use protective clothing with dust respirator and goggles while handling.

Hydrogen: It is a flammable, colorless, compressed gas packaged in cylinders at high pressure. It poses an immediate fire and explosive hazard when concentrations exceed 4%. It is much lighter than air and burns with an invisible flame.

It should be noted that, before suffocation could occur, the lower flammability of hydrogen in air would exceed possibly causing both an oxygen-deficient and explosive atmosphere. Exposure to moderate concentrations may cause dizziness, headache, nausea and unconsciousness.

Cylinder storage locations should be well protected, well ventilated, dry, and separated from combustible materials. Cylinders should never knowingly be allowed to reach a temperature exceeding 52 0C. Cylinders of hydrogen should be separated

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 254

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. from oxygen cylinders or other oxidizers by minimum distance of 20 ft. Do not keep any other cylinders in Hydrogen storage area.

Cylinders should be stored upright with valve protection cap in place and firmly secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Protect cylinders from physical damage, do not drag, roll, slide or drop. Post ―No Smoking or Open flames‖ signs in the storage areas. There should not be any sources of ignition. All electrical equipment should be explosion proof in the storage and use areas. Provide natural or explosion-proof ventilation adequate to ensure hydrogen does not reach its lower explosive limit of 4% .Hydrogen is incompatible with oxidizing agents.

Sulfuric acid: Water Reaction Reaction with water is negligible unless acid strength is above 70% then heat from hydrolysis is extreme, may cause severe burns Fire Hazard It is highly reactive and capable of igniting finely-divided combustible materials on contact. When heated, it emits highly toxic fumes. Avoid heat; water and organic materials. Sulfuric acid is explosive or incompatible with an enormous array of substances. It can undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressure. It may react violently with water.

Health Hazard: Corrosive to all body tissues. Inhalation of vapor may cause serious lung damage. Contact with eyes may result in total loss of vision. Skin contact may produce severe necrosis.

Fatal amount for adult: between 1 teaspoonful and one-half ounce of the concentrated chemical. Chronic exposure may cause tracheobronchitis, stomatitis, conjunctivitis, and gastritis. Those with chronic respiratory, gastrointestinal, or nervous diseases and any eye and skin diseases are at greater risk.

Protective Clothing: Skin: Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact. Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 255

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Wash skin: The worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes contaminated. Remove: Work clothing that becomes wet or significantly contaminated should be removed and replaced. Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided in areas where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection. Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided within the immediate work area for emergency use where there is a possibility of exposure. It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity or flow of water to quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be exposed.

Hydrochloric acid: Water Reaction It is an aqueous solution. Dilution may generate heat. Fumes in air.

Fire Hazard Special Hazards of Combustion Products: Toxic and irritating vapors are generated when heated. Health Hazard Inhalation of fumes results in coughing and choking sensation, and irritation of nose and lungs. Liquid causes burns. Reactivity Profile Hydrochloric Acid is an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride, an acidic gas. Reacts exothermically with organic bases (amines, amides) and inorganic bases (oxides and hydroxides of metals).

Reacts exothermically with carbonates (including limestone and building materials containing limestone) and hydrogen carbonates to generate carbon dioxide.

Reacts with sulfides, carbides, borides, and phosphates to generate toxic or flammable gases.

Reacts with many metals (including aluminum, zinc, calcium, magnesium, iron, tin and all of the alkali metals) to generate flammable hydrogen gas.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 256

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Protective Clothing: Skin: If chemical is in solution, wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact and to prevent skin from becoming frozen from contact with the liquid or from contact with vessels containing the liquid.

Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact with the liquid that could result in burns or tissue damage from frostbite.

Wash skin: If the chemical is in solution, the worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes contaminated.

Remove: If chemical is in solution, work clothing that becomes wet or significantly contaminated should be removed and replaced.

Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided (when chemical is in solution) in areas where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection. Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided (when chemical is in solution) within the immediate work area for emergency use where there is a possibility of exposure. It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity or flow of water to quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be exposed. Quick drench facilities and/or eyewash fountains should be provided within the immediate work area for emergency use where there is any possibility of exposure to liquids that are extremely cold or rapidly evaporating.

Thionyl chloride: A colorless to yellow fuming liquid with a suffocating pungent odor. A lachrymator. Highly corrosive and toxic. Long-term inhalation of low concentrations or short-term inhalation of high concentrations has adverse health effects. Emits dense corrosive fumes in moist air. Violently reacts with water to liberate hydrochloric acid and sulfur dioxide. Based on a scenario where the chemical is spilled into an excess of water (at least 5 fold excess of water), half of the maximum theoretical yield of Sulfur Dioxide gas will be created in 0.25 minutes.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 257

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Protective Clothing Skin: Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact. Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact. Wash skin: The worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes contaminated. Provide eyewash fountains in areas where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection

7.5. SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]

Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / AODD pumps /Vacuum. From day tank to process reactor unloading is by gravity.

7.5.1 Measures to Avoid Evaporation  All liquid chemicals/solvents stored in containers will be tightly closed.  Will Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame  Will Keep away from sources of ignition  Ammonia will be stored in well ventilated area away from combustibles, oxidizable materials etc.

7.5.2 Safety Systems  Designated areas with proper indication & safety signs  Double earthling systems for all solvent storage tanks & process reactors  Flame arrestor to the vent of Solvent storage tanks  Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals  Handling precautions/sop protocol  Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor  Level indicators, Vent lines, earthing system on all solvent storage tanks(Methanol, Toluene, MDC, Ethyl acetate, ,Acetone,THF)  Each solvent storage tank will be placed in dyke wall with Fire hydrant system  Flame proof lighting to solvent storage yard  Safety valve & Rupture disc on each process reactor.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 258

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for storage of liquid chemicals/ Thionyl chloride/ HCl / H2SO4/Solid Chemicals.

7.5.3 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during transportation of hazardous chemicals. The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic, inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading, transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials:  The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material.  The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.  Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.  The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading.  During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.  Park the vehicle at designated place.  Stop the engine.  Check-up spark arrester.  Provide earthing to tanker securely.  Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment‗s.  Connect the piping properly  Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.  In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.  After unloading is over, close the lid properly.  Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 259

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.5.4 SPILL CONTROL  For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.  Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent clay or vermiculite.  Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further disposal/incineration.  If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for disposal/incineration.

 In case HCl/ H2SO4 spills on to the ground use dry absorbent clay/vermiculate and neutralize with sodium carbonate  The plant is more vulnerable for solvent leakages, fire due to Raney nickel exposure to dry condition.

7.5.5 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS  In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard due to storage &

handling of solvents, Thionyl chloride, Hydrogen, HCl/ H2SO4, Sodium

borohydride,  If Flammable chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds.  Toxic gas dispersion due to leakage of Thionyl chloride into atmosphere may cause health problems to plant personnel and surrounding areas of the plant.

7.6 INVENTORY  Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of release scenarios.  Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.  Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release.  The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions [pressure, temperature].

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 260

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.

7.7 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT  Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment.  Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination.  Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.  Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time.  The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.  The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and weather conditions.

In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific icident consequence. There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only concerned with ‗major hazards‘, which are as follows:  Pool fires  Hydrocarbon fires associated with tank failures;  Vapor cloud explosion;

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 261

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Each of these hazards has been described below. Jet Fire Jet fires result from ignited releases of pressurized flammable gas or Superheated/pressurized liquid. The momentum of the release carries the material forward in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture. Jet fires only occur where any other flammable gas is being handled under pressure or when handled in gas phase and the release are unobstructed.

Pool Fires If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results. Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several times longer than in a jet fire. A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.

Vapour Cloud Explosion The facility presently stores and also plans to store highly flammable Chemicals Methanol, Acetone, Toluene, MDC, Ethyl acetate, THF, Raney Nickel, etc. for a maximum credible loss scenario the release of such chemicals is likely to form a vapor cloud. If the cloud encounters an ignition source, the parts of the cloud where the concentration is within the flammable range will burn and may in some situations, also create an explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an explosion, defined by blast overpressure, can be significant. In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure Wave; this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum Overpressure is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels fast enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a detonation and very severe overpressures can be produced. Detonation is most likely to occur with more reactive gases such as hydrogen.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 262

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Toxic vapor release: Toxic vapor release due to Thionyl chloride leakage and effected area with airborne concentration.

7.8 Damage Criteria In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided in three major groups.  Determination of the source strength parameters;  Determination of the consequential effects;  Determination of the damage or damage distances. Table 7.3: Severity Categories and Criteria

Consequence Ranking Criteria Definition Catastrophic 5 Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability Major 4 Single fatality/permanent total disability Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation leading Moderate 3 to recovery Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment

Risk Evaluation Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:

Significance = Likelihood X Consequence The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability.

Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 263

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Risk Matrix Likelihood Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable Consequence 5 4 3 2 1 Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5 Major 4 20 16 12 8 4 Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3 Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2 Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1

Risk Criteria and action Requirements S. No. Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements ―Risk requires attention‖ – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are 1 High (16-25) adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits. ―Risk is tolerable‖ – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any 2 Medium (10-15) change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls. ―Risk is acceptable‖ – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine 3 Low (5-9) processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered. ―Risk is acceptable‖- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine 4 Very Low (1-4) processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters  Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.  Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.  Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool dimensions and wind velocity.  Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. is some cases.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 264

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Consequential effects  Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the surrounding area.  Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire, as a function of the distance to the source.  Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to the distance of the exploding cloud.  Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study strongly depend upon the type of material involved:  Gas, vapor, liquid, solid  Inflammable, explosive, toxic products  Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure.

Selection of Damage Criteria  The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects  The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly between different materials.

In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished:  Heat radiation from pool fire.  Explosion  Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

Heat Radiation The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 265

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / m2]  The exposure duration [sec]  The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body]

7.9 DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION Injuries to People —Definition of Burn Degrees First Degree: A mild level of skin burn affecting the epidermis, with persistent redness but no formation of blisters. More severe first - degree burns will produce some pain, but no permanent damage. Flaking or scaling of the outer skin layer will occur several days after exposure. Second Degree: An intermediate level of skin burn characterized by the formation of blisters. The blister depth may be shallow (epidermis), with only the surface layers of the skin damaged, or more severe with nearly the full depth of the skin destroyed (epidermis and dermis). Third Degree: Deep burns characterized by the destruction of all skin layers and by charring. The underlying tissue may also be damaged.

Table 7.4 Heat flux Intensity and exposure time-Damage criteria for people Thermal Radiation Intensity Type of Damage (kW/m2) 1.6 No harm for long exposures. 4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn 9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds 10 to 15 Potentially lethal with in 1 minute. Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 25 minute. 35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds.

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame.

Explosion In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 266

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;  A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source. As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper. The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

Table 7.5: DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES PEAK DAMAGE OVERPRESSURE TYPE 0.83 bar Total destruction 0.30 bar Heavy damage 0.10 bar Moderate damage 0.03 bar Significant damage 0.01 bar Minor damage

7.10 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst ―Credible‖ incidents-what constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been found to be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly.

The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 267

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified and duly considered.

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of software used for MCA analysis are described below.  A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area.  ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion

7.11. Risk analysis Risk Analysis – Thionyl chloride/ Solvents (Methanol, IPA and Acetone) The main hazard Toxic gas release associated with the storage and handling of Thionyl chloride with respect to the proposed Unit. Hazards associated with the storage and handlings of Flammable chemicals (Solvents) are pool fire and VCE‘s resulting from the ignition of released material. The hazards may be realized during tank overfilling and leaks/failures in the storage tank and ancillary equipment such as transfer pumps, metering equipment, etc. all of which can release significant quantities of flammable material or toxic material on failure.

7.12 Risk Modeling Scenarios In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid and gaseous Chemical leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been identified as having an effect on the integrity of tanks are related to design, inspection, maintenance, and corrosion. From the liquid chemicals Thionyl chloride has been considered for the consequences analysis considering its hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 268

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

From the Solvents – Methanol, Acetone, IPA have been considered for the consequences analysis considering their hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values.

RISK & VULNERABLE AREAS

SITE DATA: Location: SGR LABORATORIES, TELANGANA, INDIA CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ACETONE CAS Number: 67-64-1 Molecular Weight: 58.08 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 55.6° C ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Air Temperature: 44.5° C Relative Humidity: 65% SOURCE STRENGTH: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters Tank Length: 5.2 meters Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 30° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms Tank is 80% full Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom Total Amount Burned: 15907 KGS

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 269

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : 17 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 27 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 43 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

In case the Leakage of Acetone from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 15.5 meters within a minute, will get affected. The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Acetone having value of 10 kw/sqm is potentially lethal to the plant personnel from North of the plant with in the radius of 15.5 meters .The plant personnel with in radius of 24.6 meters are vulnerable for second degree burns within a minute. The leakage of Acetone in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*4 =12 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. ―Risk is tolerable‖ – Mitigation measure: It is Flammable liquid. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 270

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank. In case of fire use fire hydrant system to extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank. Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents. Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor. The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules - 2002. Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992). The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives. For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four hours. Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117 Standard. Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7 kg/cm2 Flash Point: -20 deg C In view of low flash point continuously Acetone vapors will be generated from the tank contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the vent .The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank Explosion Limits, Lower: 2.6 vol % Upper: 12.8 vol % To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in the tank.

CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: METHANOL CAS Number: 67-56-1 Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 64° C

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 271

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Air Temperature: 44.5° C Relative Humidity: 65%

SOURCE STRENGTH: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters Tank Length: 5.2 meters Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 30° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms Tank is 80% full Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom Total Amount Burned: 14999 KGS

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : 17 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 24 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 36 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 272

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

In case the Leakage of Methanol from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 15.5 meters within a minute, will get affected. The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Methanol having value of 10 kw/sqm is potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards North side of the plant with in the radius of 15.5 meters. The plant personnel will be vulnerable for second degree burns within the radius of 21.9 meters in a minute. The fire due to leakage of Methanol in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*4 =12 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. ―Risk is tolerable‖ – Mitigation measure: It is highly flammable liquid in presence of open flames and spark. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 273

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank. Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents. Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor. The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules - 2002. Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992). The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives. For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four hours. Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117 Standard. Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7 kg/cm2 Flash Point: 12 deg C In view of low flash point continuously Methanol vapors will be generated from the tank contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the vent .The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank Explosion Limits, Lower: 6 vol % Upper: 36.5 vol % To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in the tank.

CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ISOPROPANOL CAS Number: 67-63-0 Molecular Weight: 60.10 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 81.8° C ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 274

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Ground Roughness: open country Air Temperature: 44.5° C Relative Humidity: 65% SOURCE STRENGTH: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters Tank Length: 5.2 meters Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 30° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms Tank is 81% full Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom Total Amount Burned: 15904 KGS THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : 19 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 28 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 45 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 275

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

In case the Leakage of IPA from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 17.3 meters within a minute, will get affected. The Thermal radiation from pool fire of IPA having value of 10 kw/sqm is potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards south side of the plant with in the radius of 17.3 meters .The plant personnel with in radius of 25.6 meters are vulnerable for second degree burns within a minute. The leakage & fire of IPA in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*4 =12 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. ―Risk is tolerable‖ – Mitigation measure: It is flammable liquid in presence of open flames and spark. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank. In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank. Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents. Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor. The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules - 2002. Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992). The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives. For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four hours. Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117 Standard.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 276

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7 kg/cm2 Flash Point: 18.3 deg C In view of low flash point continuously IPA vapors will be generated from the tank contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the vent .The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank Explosion Limits, Lower: 2 vol % Upper: 12.7 vol % To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in the tank.

CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: THIONYL CHLORIDE CAS Number: 7719-9-7 Molecular Weight: 118.97 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 75.3° C ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Air Temperature: 44.5° C Relative Humidity: 65% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 100 kilograms Total Amount Released: 100 KGS THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 783 yards --- (14 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min]) Orange: 1436 yards --- (2.4 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 277

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The leakage of Thionyl chloride liquid and its consequences are considered as Minor and its likelihood is probable Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =2*4 =8 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is low. ―Risk is Acceptable.‖ – Mitigation measure: During unloading from Drum if unloading transfer pipe is not fixed properly there may be sudden leakage of contents on to the ground. This results in formation toxic area of vapor cloud of AEGL value 14 ppm up to a distance of 715 mts in which people may experience life threatening health effects within one hour. AEGL value having more than 2.4 ppm up to a distance of 1313 mts in which people may experience long lasting adverse health effects within one hour towards N side of the plant. During transfer of material it is advisable to use Air operated double diaphragm pumps where spillages can be eliminated. While transferring the material the responsible officer should be present.

7.13. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the work place which are capable of causing harm.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 278

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee‘s health, and predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals being handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected / tested by an outside agency.  The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and tested frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a competent third party and kept all the time in ready to use condition.  Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside physician. If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given time to time. Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-dated time to time.

Common Hazards  Physical such as ventilation, poor illumination, noise, extreme temperature, humidity and radiation.  Biological such as variety of pathogenic bacteria and parasites.  Chemical due to hazardous gases and dusts.  Ergonomic.

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring  Industrial hygiene monitoring is to be located and identify source of exposure in the workplace so that they can be corrected and to quantify the exposure of employees to chemicals in the air.  Air monitoring is conducted by industrial hygienists or other trained personnel.

Occupational Health Monitoring System A. Air samples Locations of samples – air samples are generally collected in one or three locations:  At the breathing zone of the worker [Personal sample]  In the general room air [Area sample]  At the operation which is generating the hazardous substance [Area sample]

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 279

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Lengths of samples – Air samples are generally collected for two lengths of time.  Grab samples [instantaneous] measure conditions at one moment in time and can be linked to a still photograph. They give only a picture of conditions at one place at one instant in time.  Continuous Samples [range from twenty minutes to 8 – 10 Hours].These is used to evaluate all day exposure by a series of continuous samples.

B. Other sampling methods Bulk samples Bulk samples will be collected from settled dust in the work place or from drums or bags. Their purpose is to analyze and identify the substances present. For example, bulk samples are used to analyze the percent of asbestos in insulation, dust & Chemical Powder. Usually, a substance which is greater than one percent of bulk sample is considered a concern.

Wipe Samples Wipe samples will be used when skin absorption or ingestion is a suspected route of exposure. The purpose is to show whether skin, respirators, clothing, lunch rooms, lockers, etc. are contaminated.

It can show which surfaces are clean and which are contaminated. It can also show if some surfaces are more contaminated than others.

7.13.1 Sampling Devices The general principle of sampling is to collect an amount of a contaminant onto a medium from a known quantity of air.

Air samples will be collected using small pumps to suck air from the workroom. The pump is attached by tubing to a sampling device which contains the sampling medium; for example a glass tube containing charcoal.

The sampling method will be used depends on the physical form of the substance:  DUSTS –The sampling device is a filter of plastic or paper in s holder:  VAPORS –The sampling device is a glass tube containing activated charcoal as a medium.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 280

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 GASES –The sampling device is a bubbler containing a fluid medium to dissolved or react with the gas

The collected samples will be sent to a laboratory where the amount of the substance on the sampling medium [filter, tube, etc.] is measured.

In some cases air monitoring will be conducted by using direct reading instrument such as a monitoring for carbon monoxide these instruments can measure the amount of a contaminant in the air immediately without being sent to a laboratory.  PELs [Permissible Exposure Limits] – these are legal‘s limits which have been established by OSHA.  Recommended PELs – also reference to as RELs [Recommended Exposure Limits] often these values are based on more recent scientific information than the legal PELs enforced by OSHA.  TLVs [Threshold Limit Values] – These are exposure limits put out by a nongovernmental group, the ACGIH [American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists]. Many of these were adopted as legal requirements. Revised TLVs are often based on the most recent and accurate scientific information.  Permissible Exposure Limits by OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health Administration] when it started back in 1970.  IDLH [Immediate Dangerous to Life or Health] limits are prescribed by NIOSH [National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health]  PAC [Protective action criteria] for Hazardous chemicals prescribed by Emergency management issues special interest group, UNITED STATES.  AEGL [Acute exposure guideline levels] values given by U.S. Environmental protection agency.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 281

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.14 CHEMICALS EXPOSURE LIMITS

TABLE: 7 .6 CHEMICAL EXPOSURE LIMITS ACGIH OSHA S. No Chemical name [TLV ] ppm [ PEL ] ppm 1 Methanol 200 200 2 Toluene 50 200 3 IPA 200 400 3 Acetone 500 1000 4 Ethyl acetate 400 400 5 MDC 50 500 6 Cyclohexane 300 300 7 Thionyl chloride 1 1 8 n-Hexane 50 50

Notes:  All the above Values are in ppm  PPE Means Personal Protective Equipment like Helmets, Safety Google, Breathing apparatus, Nose Masks, Gloves, Gum Shoes etc.,

EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health Hazards: Chemicals exposure can be kept within permissible exposure level (PEL) / Threshold Limit value (TLV) so as to protect health of workers. 1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and Health with following aim:

 To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL and TLV.  Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals  Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned department for occupational health hazards  Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it is found necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

2. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also 3. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like  Leak Surveys

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 282

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Separate storage for toxic chemicals  Exhaust Ventilation  Proper illumination  Close processes to avoid spills and exposures  Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals  Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Breathing canisters, Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.  Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and corrosive chemicals  Display of warning boards  Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.

.4. Workplace Monitoring Plan  It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented accordingly.  Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic substances or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and record will be kept.  The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For purposes of measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to place a reasonably accurate exposure measuring device near the worker‘s area, within the worker‘s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full shift. Client has been proposed to study the exposure data when the plant is operative.

5. Health Evaluation of Workers  It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.  Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like 1. Liver Function tests 2. Chest X-ray 3. Audiometry

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 283

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

4. Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) 5. ECG, etc. will be carried out.

However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer.

 While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer. Plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.

7.15. TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF CHEMICALS [Interim First Aid for General Injuries & Wounds] Interim First Aid is essential in many injuries while injured waits for trained personnel to arrive.

BLEEDING  Apply direct pressure on the wound with a clean dressing.  If bleeding continues and you do not suspect a fracture, elevate the wound above the victim‘s heart and continue to apply direct pressure.  If bleeding continues, apply pressure at a pressure point.  Maintain body temperature.  Do not use a tourniquet unless this is a serious amputation.

BREATHING PROBLEMS  Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases are present.  Otherwise, do not move victim.  If victim loses consciousness, call doctor  Never enter into a room with toxic gases released -call without protection

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 284

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM  Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases exist.  Begin rescue breathing- is First Aid trained ahead of time  Never enter into a room where toxic gases released

CHEMICAL BURNS  Have victim remain under a safety shower or flush skin with an available water source for 15-30 minutes.  Remove all contaminated clothing and jewellery.  Cover burns with dry, loose dressings.  Wash all clothing thoroughly before wearing it again.

ACID BURNS  In case of acid burn, the operators with all possible speed gets under a safety shower and use the full flow of water. A small amount of water will incase severity of the burn Water should be used until all traces of acid have been washed from the burn. Alkaline solutions are not needed; if used at all they will use only after all acid has been washed from the burn, it may to treat in the same manner as a heat burn.

CHEMICAL INGESTIONS  Never enter into a room where toxic gases released, without protection  Do not give victim any food or liquids without specific advice from physician.

EYE INJURIES FROM CHEMICALS  Get victim to a safety shower or eye wash immediately.  Never enter into a room where toxic gases released  Flush eye for 15-30 minutes with both lids held open. Keep the injured eye lower than the uninjured eye.  Keep the eyelids open hold fingers at top and bottom of the eyeball. Wrap a bandage loosely around both eyes.

SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES  Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and equipment.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 285

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe operating procedures.  Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.  Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Telugu and English languages.

FIRE PROTECTION  Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump, electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. Will be installed at the plant.  The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per OISD-117 standard.  Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse (solvent storage area) and calibrated.

STATIC ELECTRICITY  All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will be bounded and earthed properly.  Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered.  Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.  Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.

7.16 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

7.17 SAFETY INSPECTIONS The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and departments.

7.18 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 286

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

ELECTRICAL SAFETY  Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval.  Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions.

COLOUR CODING SYSTEM Colour coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS: 2379:1990.

DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN . ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN . OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.19. ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN The details of Onsite emergency plan system are discussed in the following sections

DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories

LEVEL-1 The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to-  Small fire in the plant  Low toxic gas release for short duration.  Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.

LEVEL-2 The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to  Major fire inside the factory premises.  Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.  Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL-3 The emergency which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to  Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area  Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 287

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.20 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The company will develop an emergency management team. The management structure includes the following personnel  Site main Controllers  Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers  Key Personnel‘s  Essential Workers The other elements of Disaster management plan are  Assembly points  Emergency control center  Fire control center  Medical arrangements  Other arrangements

7.21 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.

7.21.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC] PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS HEAD will act as a SMC.

His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He shall:  Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the scene and handle the situation.  Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller  Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation.  Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 288

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers.  Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.  Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the premises.  Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged  Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media  Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities.  Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”  Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within the premise.

7.22 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/ Shift in Charge]: He is the shift supervisor of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time. 1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation 2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities  Safety of personnel  Minimize damage to property and loss of material  Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock  Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the engineering/hot jobs.  Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main security gate through telephone or messenger system.  Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and evacuation of the site

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 289

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Report all developments to the main controller  Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry.  Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head count of plant.

7.23 KEY PERSONNEL’S  Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency.  As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants, evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries  Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC.  All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC.  They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on holiday.

7.24 ESSENTIAL WORKERS A task force of essential trained workers [Expert‘s team] is available to get the work done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include:  Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge  To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required  Shutting down plant and making it safe  Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process, providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work, etc  Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc  Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the accident.  Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.  The injured is given First Aid.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 290

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.  Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.  Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.  Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.  Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as messengers if necessary.  Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.  Inform neighboring factories and the public as directed by the Site Main Controller.  Any special help required.

7.25 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:

7.26.1 ASSEMBLY POINT Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport and rehabilitation. Presently outside the plant area is considered as such assembly points, taking into consideration of the size of the plant facilities. As the location of security gate is far off the Assembly Point is not vulnerable for emergencies.

 The affected & vulnerable plants, all non-essential workers [who are not assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall report to specified Assembly point.  Assembly Point shall be located at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction.  To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly point.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 291

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept.  At each Assembly point duties of in - charge shall be displayed in brief.  Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE‘s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with workers.

7.26.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is available in the Emergency Control Room.

The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities. 1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility 2. Telephone directory 3. Factory layout plan 4. Map of the area 5. Employee blood group and their address 6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages 7. Adequate numbers of PPE‘s 8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers, Statutory authorities & Hospitals

7.26.3 FIRE SERVICES Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation

A] Role of Manager [Fire and Safety/shift in-charge]  Manager- Fire and Safety/ Shift In-charge will be the only person to direct the fire fighting and emergency operation.  Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller.  Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 292

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

B] Fire and Safety officer  On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew.  Position the fire tender in upwind direction.  Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take appropriate measures to handle the emergency.  Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about the gravity of the situation.  He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.

C] Fire Crew Members  On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of shift fire & safety officer.  The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

D] Emergency Squad Members  On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main controller, safety in charge or incident controller  They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller  They shall help for safe evacuation

7.26.4 MEDICAL SERVICES A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer  He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller  He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital.  He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if required.  He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary.  He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.

B] Role of other Medical staff  As directed by medical officers.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 293

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.26.5 SECURITY SERVICES Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers  Receive message from the observer  Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency  Announce on the public address system  Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic  Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital during off hours  Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises  Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate  Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency  Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade, hospitals during off hours.

Role of Security Guard  On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his directions

7.26.6 MUTUAL AID In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend is done as mentioned below.  The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid, transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special protective wear or any other help as the case may be.  Manager – Fire & Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period and ensure co-operation  Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 294

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.27 EMERGENCY RESPONSE Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an emergency response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This includes:  Accident initiation and rising of alarm  Accident evaluation and emergency declaration  Off site and external agency notification  Implementation of onsite response actions  Implementation of protective actions and evacuations  Co-ordination of response action with external agencies  Management of emergency resources  Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures

7.28 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the emergency control center [ECC]. The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of the plant.

7.29 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES Action plan  On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and start actions.  The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team members to get essential information if required but if does not required to take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team.  Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address System about termination of emergency. In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled, then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he will instruct the security to sound ―EVACUATION SIREN”

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 295

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications  As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely affected area will be identified and population within will estimated.  The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity  The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept ready to meet any eventuality.  Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.  Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others concerned to be intimated. Procedure for salvage operations  The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main controller, his advisory team and incident controller. They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by security supervisors. During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm:  Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall  Availability and location of personal protective equipment  Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders  External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities/Mobile phone  Internal telephone  List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on table and wall.  Transport facility  Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency  General stationary like paper, pencil etc.  Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no‘s and blood group  List of first aiders and emergency squad members  Details of all contractors and their employees.  Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 296

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire extinguishers, PPE should be marked onsite.

7.30 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY  In case of fire, prevent contact of fire with flammable material or prevent of fire by other means  Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire  Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before sending to ETP tank.  Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF site.  During fire emergency use necessary PPE.  Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of between valves or tank failure.  In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help of pump/piping.  In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP.  The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form tank body tank will be repaired.  Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.  In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material in the tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump.  Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.  In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and washed with water.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 297

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.30.1 RAISING THE ALARM  Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency.  Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, toxic or corrosive substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident.  Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to ―blow the emergency Alarm‖ by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst, security officer/Security supervisor.  In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate to inform. Details of siren are given below Siren codes  Declaration of emergency:- A long short wailing siren for one minute will mean that there is an emergency within the premises.  All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear, normal condition.  Evacuation siren: - A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in the premises will evacuate as per the plan.

7.31 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.

7.32 TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS  Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in case of any emergency situation arises in the factory.  Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the injured.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 298

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.33 PLANT OPERATIONS 1. Role of HOD  He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting operation. 2. Plant Employees They shall:  On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor  Do as directed by plant supervisor  Stop all hot works  Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the ―Assembly Point ―near main security gate viz visitors, guests  Stop all non-essential operations

3. Non-plant Employees On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at ―Assembly Point‖ near main security gate along with guests and visitors.

7.34 TELEPHONE MESSAGES Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the siren/ hooter, he/ she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/ she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the message.

7.35 MOCK DRILL In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock drills would be taken. All this is to familiarize the employees with the concept and procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing planned and unplanned mock drills. Two types of Mock drills are in practice. They are

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 299

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

1. Announced-Once in 3 months 2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.

Mock drill observation Mock drill observation team is constituted and they note down the action of various coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each coordinator and their duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the advisory team and emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records in chronological order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting note is circulated for compliance of concerned.

Role of Mock drill observers  Note readings of plant instruments  Meteorological conditions  Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded / reported  Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported  Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries and equipment damage.

7.36 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN ―If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 300

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main purposes of the plan are as under:

To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.

To assist the district authorities in preparing the Offsite emergency plan of the district or particular area. We will make our key personnel and others fully aware about this off-site emergency plan. The function of the offsite plans are as under:

Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:-  Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc  Communication facilities - List of important telephones

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 301

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment  Specialized Knowledge - Trained people  Voluntary Organization - Details of organization  Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances  Meteorological information - Weather condition such as Wind velocity, Wind Speed, Humidity, Temperature etc  Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid and Ambulance

7.37 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a correct assessment of situation.

7.37.1 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may have appointed an Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of different emergency within the local authority area.

7.37.2 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.

7.37.3 ROLE OF POLICE The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements.

7.37.4 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and facilities in addition to those available locally.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 302

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.37.5 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES Some types of mutual aids are available from the neighboring factories, as per need, as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.

7.37.6 ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from neighboring factories. Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 303

CHAPTER -VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL The proposed project has employment potential for skilled (50 persons), semi-skilled (10 persons) and unskilled (40 persons). The preference will be given to local population for employment; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Indirect employment is also bound to be generated to provide day-today needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be benefited financially.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. not only carries out business but also understands obligations towards the society. Unit will employ people from the nearby villages for the proposed project. The wages paid to direct and indirect workforce in the proposed project will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn leads to socio economic development in the surrounding villages. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be contributing reasonably as part of their CSR & CER activities. Unit will spend about 2.5% for CSR & 2% for CER activities like potable water supply & educational aid and conduct medical camps & Self Help Skill Training to the nearby villages. CSR activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 304

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CSR & CER BUDGET FROM SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD.

Project Location : SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. CSR Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production. Project cost : Rs. 12 Crores Corporate Social Responsibility Budget : Rs. 30 Lakhs [2.5% of the Project cost] for 5 Years Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget : Rs. 24 Lakhs [2% of the Project cost]

Total CSR & CER 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th S. No (Rs. In Proposed Action Plan Activity Year Year Year Year Year Lakhs)  Proposed to establish RO plant for Drinking water drinking water supply to Dondapadu, 1 supply to 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 21.0 Mukteshwarapuram, Bugga Madharam nearby villages. and Vajinepalli villages. Educational Aid  Supply of books, uniforms and other 2 to the school 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0 educational aides like computers with students internet facilities to nearby village schools.  Free Health checkup and supply of 3 Medical Camps 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 13.0 medicines to the sick people in the nearby villages.  Based on local identified needs, we will set up training centre to impart skills such as tailoring, toys making, book binding and Self Help Skill 4 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0 basic computer skills to local women and Training men  Self help skill Training: Unskilled/ Semiskilled persons will be identified in

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 305

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Total CSR & CER 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th S. No (Rs. In Proposed Action Plan Activity Year Year Year Year Year Lakhs) villages and given necessary training as per industry requirement and we will absorb the personnel in industry as and when need arises Total CSR & CER 12 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 54.0 Budget

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 306

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety environment to get better foreign market.

8.4 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE The project proponent has proposed to develop infrastructural facilities like roads, drinking water and power to the proposed site, easily accessible approach roads required for public transport and material transport to the project site. Hence major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed project.

8.5 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities from the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/ contractors and helps to improve in the social infrastructure.

8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS With this new unit, SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. contributes to growth in manufacturing sector and the country will also benefit from GST revenues, Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged. Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area is anticipated due to the CSR & CER activities planned by the company. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive development of surrounding area.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 307

CHAPTER -IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 308

CHAPTER -X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after construction / Modification and commissioning of the projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for outlining the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan indicates the details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to mitigate the pollutants generated due to its operations.

The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities of the industry are summarized below.

A. Construction / Modification Phase:

 Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site security.

B. Operation Phase:  Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide from the boiler stack and D.G. Set.  Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution.  Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation.  Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations.  Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 309

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP

IDENTIFICATION OF THE POTENTIAL IMPACTS

RECOMMENDED MITIGATION MEASURES

DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM  ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND RESIDUAL IMPACTS

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES

CONTINGENCY PLAN WHEN IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN EXPECTED

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 310

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Construction related impacts: The industry is proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit. The potential for environment pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control during the construction phase.

10.2.1 Site Preparation The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.

10.2.2 Sanitation The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for onsite workers.

10.2.3 Noise The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.

10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner. Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump. Spent liquid waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termite etc., will be correctly neutralized and disposed off.

10.2.5 Site Security The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.

10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION 10.3.1 AIR QUALITY The emissions from boilers & D.G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these emissions on the environment.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 311

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all seven pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs.

For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers.

The coal requirement of 15.5 TPD will be met from local authorized sources.

A 500 KVA DG set is proposed for this project for usage during the power failures. The industry proposed to install 3 x 200 TR & 1 x 300 TR cooling towers.

10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to minimize and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective dispersion into the atmosphere.

A. Stack Design The stacks of height 30 mtrs each with controlling equipment (cyclone separator followed by Bag Filters) will be provided for the coal fired boilers with the approximate flue gas exit velocities of 12 m/s & 14 m/s ensures proper dispersion of the flue gas into atmosphere. This design will ensure the ground level concentration of the pollutants to comply with the ambient air quality standards.

DG Set Stack emission Controlled by providing adequate stacks height to disperse into atmosphere and maintain the air pollutants within the limits prescribed by CPCB.

B. Fugitive Emissions from Solvents Various types of solvents will be used in the proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing process. The solvents will be stored in drums and Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing Chilled brine circulation to the condensers, which ensures the recovery of 95% and also controlled by closed operations and handling methods. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. The reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with receivers.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 312

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

C. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, PP bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key arrangement. Slight increase of Ground level Dust and VOC in air and it can be minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant premises and providing proper roads for transportation.

10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION All the equipment in the plant would be designed as per the requirement of CPCB standards.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT Compressors, Boiler and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant, of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no need for the workers to be near the DG set & compressor units continuously. The Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as permitted by CPCB.

NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT  The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.  The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation.  Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained ENT Doctor.

10.3.3 WATER QUALITY Water is essentially used in process, Boiler and for cooling tower along with domestic purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from

Ground Water source.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 313

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT The effluent generation is from process, boiler blow down, Scrubbing System, Floor & Reactor washings and Domestic sections.  The unit will provide proper wastewater collection and Treatment methods to treat the trade effluent in the plant premises.  Process effluent will be segregated based on COD & TDS concentration and collected separately by gravity from all sources into a collection Pit.  Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks separately.  The industry by opting ZLD treatment system to recover water for recycle and reuse for plant operations and to conserve the scarce resource of water.

Treatment system  The effluent will be neutralized, the HTDS/ HCOD effluent will be sent to steam stripping Column for collection of Organic distillate which is mixed in the waste water stream. After stripping, effluent will be sent to Multi Effect Evaporation System, Stripped Organics collected and sent to cement industry/ TSDF incinerator.  The concentrate from the MEE System will be sent to ATFD and salts from the ATFD will be collected and sent to TSDF for safe disposal.  The condensate from MEE followed by ATFD sent to biological system for Treatment.  The LTDS effluent along with MEE / ATFD condensate will be sent to Biological treatment, treated effluent sent to RO for water recovery.  The RO permeate will be reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE followed by ATFD for further evaporation. MEE condensate collected along with RO permeates for reuse. Salts from ATFD collected and sent to TSDF.  All the treatment tanks etc. is constructed only with acid proof tiles and 1.5 to 2.5 meters above the ground Level.  Roof Water Harvesting System will be put in practice to recharge the ground water.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 314

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Strategic Control / Management  Minimizing water usage.  Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and reuse.  Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the process and operation methods.  Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water.  Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 315

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 10.2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM HTDS Effluent 19.18 KLD

Organic Distillate to Stripper Cement Industry 0.38 KLD

MEE 18.80 KLD Vapor Condensate@80% LTDS Effluent 15.04 KLD 33.68 KLD ATFD

BTP Losses @5% Salts to TSDF 48.72 KLD 2.44 KLD

MEE RO Reject to RO System RO permeate for Reuse 13.88 KLD MEE 13.88 KLD 46.28 KLD @70% 32.40 KLD

Condensate Water for Reuse ATFD @80% 11.10 KLD 43.50 KLD

*Water recovery from ZLD system is 43.50 KLD

Salts to TSDF

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 316 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 10.3: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT HTDS

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 317 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 10.4: FLOW CHART FOR LTDS EFFLUENT TREATMENT LTDS

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 318 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF ZLD SYSTEM All the effluent generated from the plant are collected in the Effluent collection pits and from those pits effluent will be pumped to the above ground storage tanks through the closed HDPE pipe lines. All these effluent collection pits are lined with acid proof tiling or HDPE lining.

The Industry will construct the above ground storage tanks to store the collected effluent from various streams. The tanks consist of 6 Compartments and are used to store the HTDS in two compartments and LTDS in four compartments effluents separately. These tanks can accumulate more than 4 days generation of effluent.

The HTDS effluent consists of COD will be sent to the Stripping Column for the removal of same and thereafter the effluent will be sent to the MEE system which consists of 3 Calendrias and the condensate will be collected. The concentrate will be sent to ATFD for separation of salts. The condensate collected from MEE & ATFD sent to ETP for treatment. The salts generated from the ATFD will be stored & disposed to TSDF for secure Land Fill.

Now, the Condensate water from the MEE system along with the LTDS effluent will be sent to the ETP system for the removal of BOD etc., The ETP system consists of Aeration and Clarification. After this the treated effluent from biological system is passed through the Sand Filter, Carbon Filter and Micron Filters and finally sent to RO System.

70% water recovered as RO permeates. Remaining 30% reject water will be sent to MEE followed by ATFD system for Evaporation. In this ZLD treatment we can recover 70% of the water for recycle and reuse in the plant Utilities.

Figure 10.5: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT Effluent Type Treatment Flow Collection  Equalization & neutralization  Stripper  MEE  ATFD  TSDF HTDS MEE/ATFD Condensate sent to Biological Treatment followed by RO. Collection ETP (Biological Treatment)  Sand Filter  LTDS Carbon Filter  Cartridge Filter  RO Plant  RO Reject to MEE. RO Permeate for Re-usage.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 319 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.3.3.2 THE TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE SYSTEMS ARE AS FOLLOWS: MEE System Capacity: 40 KLD RO System Capacity: 50 KLD

10.3.3.3 MEE PLANT CONFIGURATION Part – A: Stripper Unit with Flash Condenser, Re boiler and Recirculation Pump Part–B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant with Thermo Compressor, Required Equipment & Components. Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer

10.3.3.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part – A)

1. Feed will enter to the series of Pre heaters of Evaporator P4, P3, P2 and then

P1 using Feed Pump. From Discharge of Feed Pump Feed will be heated through Series of Pre heater using Vapour from Jacket of respective Calendria. Feed will be heated to the boiling point and will enter to the recirculation loop of Stripper. 2. Recirculation Loop of Stripper will comprise of Flash Vessel, Recirculation Pump and Re boiler. 3. Feed coming out from Pre heater of Evaporation Plant will re-circulated through boiler and heated up using Steam. 4. Heated Feed will allow flashing in Flash Vessel and by flashing high volatiles and Water will convert to vapour. Vapour will travel from bottom to top of Stripping column where feed liquid will flow from top to bottom. Random packing inside the stripping column provide mass transfer surface to vapor liquid interface. 5. Rich organic vapour with some water vapour will come out from the top of Stripper column. This vapour will be condensed in Flash Condenser at the top of Stripper column. 6. Condensed organic rich liquid will be collected in Reflux pot from condenser. From Reflux pot partly it will be withdraw according to the desired Water Vapour/ Organic ratio and remaining will enter to the column as reflux.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 320 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.3.3.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - B) 1. From Discharge of Stripper recirculation Pump feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant. Feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant from Discharge of recirculation pump of Stripper. 2. First Effect is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-1, Vapour Separator-1 and Recirculation Pump– 1. Liquid will re-circulate continuously a through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of Condensation of First Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 3. This Flash Vapour will partly recompressed to the Jacket of First Effect using Thermo compressor which will convert high pressure motive steam to low pressure and will create suction and take part of the water vapour from Vapour Separator -1. 4. Condensate from Jacket of First Effect will travel to 2nd Effect using pressure difference available between these two Jackets. 5. Concentrate will be coming out from 1st Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -1 which will be placed between 1st and 2nd Effect. 6. Second Effect also is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-2, Vapour Separator-2 and Recirculation Pump– 2. Liquid will re-circulate continuously a through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of Condensation of Second Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 7. Concentrate coming out from 2nd Effect will be below saturation level and there will not be any crystallization takes place in 2nd effect. 8. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 9. Concentrate will be coming out from 2nd Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -2 which will be placed between 2nd and 3rd Effect 10. Condensate coming out from 3rd Effect Jacket is a mixture of Steam utilized in Thermo compressor and Evaporated Water Vapour from 2nd and 3rd effect. Condensate will be taken out from plant using Condensate Outlet Pump and send for Storage. 11. Concentrate from Evaporation will be taken out from the Plant using Concentrate Outlet Pump and send to ATFD.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 321 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

12. Water Vapour from Last Effect will be condensed in surface type condenser using Cooling Water as condensing media. Steam Jet Ejectors/ Water ring Vacuum Pump will maintain vacuum in the plant back to the condenser.

10.3.3.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - C) 1. Feed Pump will be gear/ roto type pump to handle viscous Feed. Feed will not required to preheat as it will come at 85-90 Deg C from the tank. Feed will enter to the Vertical ATFD first for initial evaporation. Feed will splash to the Heat Transfer Surface of ATFD using liquid distributor. 2. V-ATFD will be a hollow cylindrical Jacketed Vessel having Agitator and specially designed Scrapper blades to wipe out the Surface of ATFD all the time to keep it clean. This will maintain consistent performance of ATFD for a long time. 3. ATFD Scrapper will rotate at medium RPM using Gear Box for reduction of RPM which will be govern by Variable Frequency Drive. 4. ATFD Heat Transfer Surface will be heated through Steam in Jacket. Vapour outlet will be connected with Entrainment Separator to avoid product contamination in Condensate. Vapor will be condensed in Condenser and Negative draft will be maintained by Water Ring Vacuum Pump. 5. Product coming out from bottom of Vertical ATFD. Steam will be applied in Jacket of same to allow the product dry.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 322 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE 10.6: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE SYSTEM

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 323 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Generation of hazardous / Solid Wastes The hazardous / solid waste generation from process, spent carbon, used oils, ETP sludge, Evaporation Salts, ash from boiler; will be sent to TSDF/Cement plants/Brick manufacturers as per respective waste category.

Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

 Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused.  Volatile raw materials will be separated by rectification and these can be recycled into process.  Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Some of these are as follows: Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment system.  Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.

Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management  Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place with paved surface.  These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and stored in the designated area in scrap yard. Washed water sent to ETP.  These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.  The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE Department of the project.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 324 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Handling of Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste  The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined PP bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is accumulated, Organic Waste will be sent to Cement Industry for incineration and Inorganic waste will be sent to TSDF for further treatment and safe land fill.  Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste Management unit.

10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY] The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.

Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air pollution.

Proponent will develop greenbelt around 37.51% of its total area.

Management  Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct hoods with top cover.  All tanks vents being used for storage flammable chemicals will be connected to respective condensers to avoid VOCs in the plant area.

10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS] This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.

Positive impacts  Direct employment generation potential of the project will be for about 100 persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the Qualified People from within the Study Area.

 Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance, Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 325 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will increase.

10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION] The proposed project is located on the divide portion of the catchment and is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment area of the plant site is small and recharge conditions are moderate. However, the buffer zone of 10 km radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential.

Ground Water Conditions Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the banded biotitic hornblende gneisses. Ten bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 8 -132 m bgl. The yield ranges of bore wells were found to be 1-3 lps. The quality of water is found to be potable.

As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.

Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation  The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the flow rates of water.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 326 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the soil, surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any spillage or leakages.  The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.  Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects.  All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in contact with surface/ groundwater.

10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY] The district is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium.

10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION] The proposed project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site and it is a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit; the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils.

The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit.

Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 327 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT] All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed.

Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on regular interval through third party.

Following hazards may occur during the operation.  Fire Hazards  Chemicals handling and Storage  Road accidents  Process hazards  Health hazards Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in the plant.  Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment  Identification of persons at risk  Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk  Disaster management plan

10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 10.11.1 OBJECTIVE The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics.

Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 328 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building, construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the importance of greenbelts in such projects.

Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board.

10.11.2 ACTION PLAN As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be about 37.51% of the project area. There are block plantations within the project site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant site with 5 to 10 m width patches and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m (1500 trees per Ha). About 1965 trees will be grown in the space available in the project area. Since there will be two rows of trees, they get direct light at least from one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large trees with wide canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees. In addition to greenbelt development in the plant site, proponent proposed to develop green area with trees such as fruit bearing, Neem, Kadamba plantations of 1000 trees/year for five years in the nearby three identified villages (Dondapadu, Mukteshwarapuram, Bugga Madharam and Vajinepalli). Soil is good and suitable for plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season. Special care shall be taken to water them at least once in 3 days during the dry period. A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions. A list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in Table 10.1.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 329 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

TABLE 10.1: List of Plants Identified For Greenbelt and Avenue Plantations Local or common Botanical name Importance name Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Avenue tree Albizia lebbeck Dirisana Shade and timber Azadirachta indica Vepa or Neem Neem oil & neem products Evergreen drought resistant Conocarpus lancifolius Lanceleaf button wood naturalized tree Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Avenue and timber tree Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Bamboo products Grevellea robusta Silver Oak Erect non-shedding tree Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Fibre and timber Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood Mangifera indica Mango Edible fruit Mimosops elengi Pogada Shade and edible fruit Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Shade and edible fruit Pongamia pinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue tree Samania saman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber & fodder. Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree Syzygium cumini Neredu Edible fruits Tamarindus indica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts Terminalia mantaly Madagascar Almond Beautiful avenue tree

10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective of the monitoring will be as follows. . To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the proposed project. . To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures. . To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment. . To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC) interwoven with the management system will be created. . EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 330 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory implemented and operated.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is described below.

10.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING The Stack emissions from boilers & DG Set will be monitored once in a month for

PM10, NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site will be monitored once in a month

for PM10, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOC’s will be monitored in Production block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.

10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters like pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Chlorides, Sulphates etc.,

10.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in a 6 / 12 months.

10.12.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MONITORING Hazardous / Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a month/change of the product.

Table 10.2: The Details of the Monitoring Program Location of Frequency Duration S. Type of Parameters Monitoring of of Instrument No Monitoring to be tested station Sampling Sampling 3 Places at Once in a 8 hrs/ 24 PM10, SO2 & 1 Ambient Air o RDS 120 angle month hrs NOX Production Work room Once in 3 Personal 2 Block, Store --- VOCs concentration Months Sampler rooms PM , SO , Boilers, D. G. Stack 10 2 Stack Once in a NO and 3 Set, Scrubber --- Monitoring X Monitoring month Scrubbing vents Instrument gases.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 331 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

D. G. Set, Compressors, Chillers, Boilers section, Day – Night Once in a Noise 4 Noise Levels Production --- Noise levels month meter block, Admin. in Leq block, ETP area, Open area etc. Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent,

5 Effluent Condensate, Daily ---

Treated

wastewater Physical and Internal & Ground Nearest Bore Once in six Chemical 6 --- External water well months Parameters Lab Sludge from Once in six 7 Solid Waste --- Process, ETP months

All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes. . Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. . Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the implementation status. . Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem is corrected. . Suitably responds to emergency situations.

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff will be appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS 10.13.1 OBJECTIVE To assure the neighboring communities that the promoters and management have high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made by the project promoters.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 332 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for the local people.

10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS Health camps will be organized along with the local administration and voluntary organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc., in the surrounding villages.

10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.

10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of communication between the management and the public on matters of environmental concern.

10.14 WATER REQUIREMENT Proposed Water Consumption Details

Table 10.3: Proposed Water Consumption Details Water input S. No Purpose KLD 1 Process 25.13 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler make up 30.00 4 Cooling towers make up 63.00 5 Scrubbing system 3.00 6 Domestic 5.00 7 Gardening 3.00 Total 134.13  The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.

Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

10.15 PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM a) No. of scrubbers and capacity: 2 No. scrubbers installed. 1 No: 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height)

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 333 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. b) Type of scrubber: Scrubber material of construction is PP+FRP with one inch poly propylene rings as packing material with a circulation pump. c) Chemical used in scrubber: Alkali solution

FIGURE- 10.7: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EMISSION CONTROL SCRUBBING SYSTEM

10.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS Various types of solvents will be used in the manufacturing process. The solvents will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed conditions. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing chilled brine circulation to the condensers which, ensures the recovery of 95%. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. The reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with reflux system. Dyke walls will be provided to the solvent storage tanks. The solvents like Ethyl acetate, Methanol and Toluene will be recovered up to 95 % by using distillation and the remaining 5% will be the loss.

10.17 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Solvent management consists of the following:  Unloading  Storage

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 334 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Handling / transferring  Process / Reaction  Recovery i) Unloading Solvents are received in drums / tankers Drums  Before unloading the drums from the truck, check the drums condition.  Drums may be MS or HDPE Carboys  Drums / barrels will be unloaded from the vehicles onto the unloading platform by using the drum lifter provided for the purpose. Under no circumstances drums shall be dropped or rolled on the ground or on any other material  Carboys will not be dropped or allowed to strike against each other and shall be unloaded on the pallets  Personal protective equipments like safety goggles, hand gloves, PVC aprons and safety shoes will be used while handling chemicals.

Road tankers  Security will ensure that vehicle personnel shall not carry any match box / lighters  The store personnel, has to check the paper work before unloading to confirm that the correct chemical received as well as discharged into the dedicated tank.  Barriers and flags should be positioned to warn personnel at the unloading.  Brakes should be set and the wheels chocked.  The truck should be earthed.  Tanker should be kept under inert gas flushing through vent while unloading  Make sure that the inert gas valve remains open during the entire unloading period of delivery is by gravity or by pumping.  Connect the flexible hose to the tanker and to the transfer pump  Check liquid level gauge on storage tank to ensure liquid is being transferred  When tanker is empty, stop pump and close valves on tanker, close valves in transfer line. [For flammable material, stop inert gas purge]

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 335 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

 Disconnect flexible hose and put into proper catch container to ensure no product is lost on to the ground.  Remove choked warning signs, earthing and switch locks  Read storage tank liquid level gauge and record reading ii) Storage/ handling/ transferring Storage Tanks  2 or 3 Square meter condenser [depends on solvent volatility] with cooling water circulation is connected to each solvent storage tank to prevent solvent vapors escaping from tank surface in to atmosphere. The condensed solvent will go to respective tank. This results in recovery of solvent and prevention of VOCs into the atmosphere.  The solvent pump which is having mechanical seal will be used for transferring the solvent to the Day Tank of the respective reactor as and when required. The entire solvent transfer takes place in a closed system. There is no manual handling.

The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

Drums  As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred to the respective reactor.  By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer. iii) Reaction /Recovery  During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to a primary condenser having cooling water circulation and later to secondary condenser having temperature < 50 C chilled brine circulation.  Above system will eliminate solvent losses during reaction stage and recovery will be the maximum extent possible. The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 336 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Chlorinated solvents  Solvent drums will be stored in ware house below 25 ⁰C  As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred to the respective reactor. By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer.  During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to two primary condensers which are arranged in parallel having cooling water circulation followed by a secondary condenser having brine circulation at temperature of 5 ⁰C. System will eliminate solvent losses during reaction and recovery will be the maximum extent possible.

The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

10.18 EMISSIONS – UTILITIES For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.

The emission details are presented in below Table 10.4 & 10.5

Table 10.4: Characteristic Details of Proposed Boilers 2.0 TPH Coal fired 3.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Boiler Indian Coal with CV Indian Coal with CV Type of Fuel -- of 4000 kcal/kg to of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50 Ash Content % 35 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 1 Height of stack M 30 30 Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.16 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 337 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Table 10.5: Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG Set Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO In dia. Temp. in Height Velocity In KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 In m OC in (m) In m/sec. 500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14

10.19 WASTEWATER LOADS The waste water generation will be 52.86 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given below. Table 10.6: Effluent Generation Details Effluent S. No Purpose in KLD 1 Process 28.36 2 Washings 5.00 3 Boiler Blow down 5.00 Cooling towers blow 4 7.00 down 5 Scrubbing System 3.00 6 Domestic 4.50 Total 52.86

Table 10.7: HTDS & LTDS Effluent Details Effluent HTDS LTDS Unit Generation Treatment Method KLD KLD in KLD

Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00 followed by MEE system.

Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00 LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Treated effluent is sent to RO, Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00 RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects taken for Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50 salts for disposal to TSDF. Total 19.18 33.68 52.86

The pollution loads for various pollutants viz., TDS, In-organics, Organics; COD for proposed products has worked out based on the material balance.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 338 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.20 STAGE WISE EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS The stage wise effluent characteristics have been arrived for the proposed products based on the material balance, which is given in Chapter-II.

10.21 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE DETAILS Solid Waste Generation Details The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.

Table 10.8: Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation, Disposal Details S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Details Organic waste (Process 1 1406 Residue) 2 Spent Carbon 71 Sent to Cement Industries 3 Solvent distillation residue 441 Organic Evaporate ( liquid 4 380 from MEE stripper) SPCB Authorized Agencies for 5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day Reprocessing/Recycling 6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504 8 MEE Salts 2868 SPCB Authorized Agencies for 9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum Reprocessing/Recycling After Detoxification sent back to 10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month suppliers/sent to outside Parties Send back to suppliers for 11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year buyback of New Batteries Solid Waste Details 12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers

Hazardous & Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE Drums/Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate collection system and disposed to authorized parties. Non- incinerable solid waste will be disposed to TSDF for secured landfill.

The Hazardous & solid waste will be disposed off through 7-copy manifest system within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 339 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.22 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of the hour.

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration, storage and recharge.

Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic requirements in rural areas as well.

Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon  Average rainfall  Catchment area  Run-off coefficient  Infiltration rate  Evapo Transpiration  Porosity  Permeability Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well, Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams, Nalla Bunds.

The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred to the proposed roof water harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 340 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Since the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in detail and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is considered and suitable structure suggested Based on IMD Climatological Normals, 1981-2010.

Normal Annual Rainfall = 982 mm (0.98 m)

Table 10.9: Available Rainwater (Annual) for Harvesting Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 8998 0.98 0.8 7054.43 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 7054

Details of Roof water harvesting pits: Size of pits 8m x 4m x 3m Size of Bore 350 mm dia. Size of pipe 150 mm dia.

FIGURE-10.8: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 341 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.23 INVESTMENT The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be approximately Rs. 12 Crores. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs.110 Lakhs for Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 15 Lakhs per annum.

10.23.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.

Table 10.10: Proposed Budget for Environmental Management Plan [EMP] Proposed Recurring S. Particulars Capital Cost Cost No (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) Pollution Control Equipment 1 (Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter, 20.0 2.0 Sampling port arrangements etc.,) ZLD System 2 80.0 7.5 (MEE, RO, ETP system) Rain Water Harvesting 3 (Roof top water collection pit and Roof top 3.0 0.5 water towards the rain water harvesting pit) Green Belt Development 4 4.0 2.0 (Plantation and Maintenance) Health & Safety 5 (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses 3.0 1.0 etc.,) Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue 6 0.0 2.0 gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,) Total 110 15

10.24 MITIGATION PLAN There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing process. The industry will provide the efficient scrubbers for controlling the gaseous emissions and plant will be well ventilated to improve the work zone environment

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 342 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a comfortable atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry will be taking all precautions to minimize the emissions on handling of various chemicals etc. Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be provided in the plant to handle any emergency.

Full-Fledge ZLD Treatment system will be provided for treating the effluents generated from the industrial activity. Full-Fledge Treatment facility will be constructed above ground level to prevent seepage.

First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also provide to all the employees for early treatment.

Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory will be subjected to pre employment medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit will be recruited. Candidates on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on handling of chemicals.

SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will strictly follow the safety norms as per the guidelines of the Director of Factories for a process industry and will provide all the necessary safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as well as the personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment will be provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc. These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented comply the provisions of Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 343 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

10.25 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the NGOs, Village Panchayats and other Governmental Entities.

A. Social Activities:  Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens, free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis.  Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Dondapadu village where the project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking Purposes.  Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.

B. Economic Activities:  The company will give preference to the local people for employment.  The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair, transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties.  The proposed project will create jobs for at least 100 persons.

10.26 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 5 R Concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) In our company, the 5R, representing five environment-conscious words starting with the letter R, has been adopted as a keyword for environmental activities. The five environment-conscious words include the three R words of the 3R, the keyword for establishing a recycling-oriented society, and two additional words that are "Refuse" and "Reform". Refuse: Avoid purchase of environmentally burdensome materials whenever possible Reduce: Reduce waste material Reuse: Reuse waste material without processing Reform: Reuse materials in a different form Recycle: Reuse materials as resources

We will achieve the above concept; all efforts will be made by the industry to carryout R&D on the isolated by-products / wastes

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 344 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

FIGURE- 10.9: 5 R CONCEPTS

The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including:  Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly.  Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water requirement.  Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation and pollution control.

10.27 CONCLUSION The industrialization plays an important role in their development process. The countries with rapidly growing industrial sector were able to manage the development problems particularly employment, poverty and inequality. The Industrial development as legitimate objective to solve economic and social problems, therefore project Management have appropriately decided to setup a manufacturing unit. The infrastructure like roads, water and regular supply of power are available at the project site. Availability of adequate skilled, semi-skilled man power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at reasonable cost, has encouraged the technocrat. Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most experienced and reputed person in the bulk drugs manufacturing industrial belt, by the state Government in meeting the needs of the aspirant.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 345 EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the unit are marginal. More over the residential area is far away. However, the effective implementation of the recommended Environment Management Plan and Monitoring Program, by which all the negative effects on the environment, will be minimized.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 346

CHAPTER -XI

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION [SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER – XI PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates manufacturing unit with the production capacity of 81 TPM respectively.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT S. Contents Details No SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. 1 Name of the Project: Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana. Mr. A. Koti Reddy (Director) 2 Details of Applicant Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad - 500055, Telangana State. SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit at 3 Status Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana. Industrial land. 4 Type of Land & Status Proposed Land: 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m) Capital Investment of the 5 12 Crores Project, Rs. in Crores Capital cost for EMP, Rs. in 6 110 Lakhs Lakhs Recurring cost for EMP, Rs. 7 15 Lakhs in Lakhs 8 Employment opportunity 100 persons It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides of 9 Green belt Development the industry in an area of about 9.00 Acres (36414 Sq. m). Pollution control measures adopted Effluent water disposal ZLD System Adequate stacks of height of 30 mts each will be provided for wider dispersion of pollutants. Flue gas emission control 10 For SPM control, provided cyclone separator followed by bag filter Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas Process gas emission control emissions Fugitive emission control Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 347

EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

S. Contents Details No Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per Hazardous waste the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and management Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry. Expenditure for CER & CSR 11 Rs. 54 Lakhs for five years. activities

11.2 CONCLUSIONS It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 348